Mention `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case'.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob15d3eb0eb95454a42f89f5c911bc1341a7184d0e
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (16211 27037))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (16249 32008))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
83 \\{ada-mode-map}
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
108 If you use imenu.el:
109 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
123 \(fn)" t nil)
125 ;;;***
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
134 \(fn)" t nil)
136 ;;;***
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
148 ;;;***
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16211 27008))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
182 \(fn)" nil nil)
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and site.
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
218 the same person.
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
222 notices.
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
245 \(fn)" t nil)
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
270 \(fn)" nil nil)
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
276 or a buffer.
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
286 \(fn)" t nil)
288 ;;;***
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16211
292 ;;;;;; 27023))
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
340 BODY... )
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
381 during preloading.
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
387 ;;;***
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16211 27008))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
423 options.
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
428 Fred (123) 456-7890
429 Alice (123) 456-7890
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
431 Joe (123) 456-7890
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16271 3441))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
484 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
486 MODE is one of the following symbols:
488 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
489 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
490 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
491 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
492 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
493 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
494 any confirmation check.
496 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
497 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
498 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
499 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
501 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
502 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
503 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
505 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
506 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
508 \(require 'allout)
509 \(allout-init t)
511 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
513 ;;;***
515 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
516 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16211 27037))
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
519 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
521 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
522 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
523 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
524 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
525 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
526 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
528 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
530 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
531 Not documented
533 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
535 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
537 ;;;***
539 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
540 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (16211 27038))
541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
543 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
544 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
545 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
546 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
547 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
548 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
549 in the current window.
551 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
553 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
554 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
555 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
557 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
559 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
560 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
562 \(fn)" t nil)
564 ;;;***
566 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
567 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16211 27008))
568 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
570 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
571 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
573 \(fn)" t nil)
575 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
576 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
578 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
579 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
580 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
581 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
583 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
584 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
586 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
588 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
590 ;;;***
592 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
593 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (16277 42320))
594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
596 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
597 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
598 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
599 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
600 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
601 \\[yank].
603 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
604 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
605 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
606 the rules.
608 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
609 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
610 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
611 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
613 \(fn)" t nil)
615 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
616 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
617 \\{antlr-mode-map}
619 \(fn)" t nil)
621 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
622 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
623 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
625 \(fn)" nil nil)
627 ;;;***
629 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
630 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
631 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
632 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (16211 27023))
633 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
635 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
636 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
637 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
638 as the first thing on a line.")
640 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
642 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
643 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
645 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
647 (defvar appt-audible t "\
648 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
650 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
652 (defvar appt-visible t "\
653 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
655 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
657 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
658 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
660 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
662 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
663 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
665 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
667 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
668 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
670 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
672 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
673 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
674 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
676 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
678 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
679 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
680 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
682 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
684 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
685 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
687 \(fn)" t nil)
689 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
690 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
691 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
692 put in the appointments list.
693 02/23/89
694 12:00pm lunch
695 Wednesday
696 10:00am group meeting
697 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
698 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
699 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
701 \(fn)" nil nil)
703 ;;;***
705 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
706 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
707 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (16211 27008))
708 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
710 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
711 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
713 \\{apropos-mode-map}
715 \(fn)" t nil)
717 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
718 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
719 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
720 normal variables.
722 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
724 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
726 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
727 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
728 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
729 noninteractive functions.
731 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
732 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
734 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
736 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
737 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
739 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
741 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
742 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
743 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
744 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
745 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
747 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
749 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
750 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
751 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
752 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
753 Returns list of symbols and values found.
755 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
757 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
758 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
759 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
760 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
761 bindings.
762 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
764 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
766 ;;;***
768 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16211
769 ;;;;;; 27009))
770 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
772 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
773 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
774 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
775 Letters no longer insert themselves.
776 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
777 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
779 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
780 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
781 archive.
783 \\{archive-mode-map}
785 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
787 ;;;***
789 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (16211 27011))
790 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
792 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
793 Major mode for editing arrays.
795 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
796 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
797 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
799 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
801 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
802 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
803 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
805 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
806 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
807 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
808 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
809 The variables are:
811 Variables you assign:
812 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
813 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
814 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
815 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
816 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
817 row numbers in the buffer.
819 Variables which are calculated:
820 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
821 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
823 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
824 take a numeric prefix argument):
826 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
827 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
828 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
829 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
831 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
832 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
833 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
834 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
836 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
837 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
838 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
839 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
841 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
842 between that of point and mark.
844 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
845 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
847 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
848 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
849 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
850 newlines inside rows)
852 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
854 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
856 \(fn)" t nil)
858 ;;;***
860 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16211
861 ;;;;;; 27040))
862 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
864 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
865 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
866 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
867 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
869 How to quit artist mode
871 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
874 How to submit a bug report
876 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
879 Drawing with the mouse:
881 mouse-2
882 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
883 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
884 below).
886 mouse-1
887 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
888 or pastes:
890 Operation Not shifted Shifted
891 --------------------------------------------------------------
892 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
893 to new point
894 --------------------------------------------------------------
895 Line Line in any direction Straight line
896 --------------------------------------------------------------
897 Rectangle Rectangle Square
898 --------------------------------------------------------------
899 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
900 --------------------------------------------------------------
901 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
902 --------------------------------------------------------------
903 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
904 --------------------------------------------------------------
905 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
906 --------------------------------------------------------------
907 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
908 --------------------------------------------------------------
909 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
910 lines
911 --------------------------------------------------------------
912 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
913 --------------------------------------------------------------
914 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
915 --------------------------------------------------------------
916 Paste Paste Paste
917 --------------------------------------------------------------
918 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
919 --------------------------------------------------------------
921 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
922 or diagonally.
924 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
925 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
926 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
927 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
928 poly-lines.
930 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
931 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
932 overwrite means the opposite.
934 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
935 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
936 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
938 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
940 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
941 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
943 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
944 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
945 are currently drawing something.
947 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
948 some time to fill.
951 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
952 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
955 Settings
957 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
959 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
961 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
963 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
965 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
966 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
968 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
971 Drawing with keys
973 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
974 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
975 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
976 When erase characters: toggles erasing
977 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
978 When pasting: Pastes
980 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
982 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
984 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
985 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
986 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
987 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
988 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
989 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
992 Arrows
994 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
995 of the line/poly-line
997 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
998 of the line/poly-line
1001 Selecting operation
1003 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1005 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1006 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1007 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1008 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1009 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1010 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1012 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1013 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1014 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1015 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1016 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1017 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1018 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1019 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1020 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1021 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1022 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1023 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1024 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1027 Variables
1029 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1030 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1032 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1033 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1034 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1035 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1036 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1037 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1038 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1039 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1040 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1041 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1042 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1043 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1044 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1045 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1046 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1047 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1048 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1049 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1050 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1052 Hooks
1054 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1055 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1058 Keymap summary
1060 \\{artist-mode-map}
1062 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1064 ;;;***
1066 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16211
1067 ;;;;;; 27038))
1068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1070 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1071 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1072 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1074 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1075 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1076 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1077 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1079 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1080 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1082 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1083 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1085 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1087 Special commands:
1088 \\{asm-mode-map}
1090 \(fn)" t nil)
1092 ;;;***
1094 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1095 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
1096 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1098 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1099 Obsolete.")
1101 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1103 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1104 This command is obsolete.
1106 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1108 ;;;***
1110 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1111 ;;;;;; (16211 27012))
1112 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1114 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1115 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1116 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1117 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1118 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1120 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1122 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1123 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1124 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1125 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1126 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1127 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1128 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1129 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1130 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1131 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1133 For example:
1134 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1135 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1136 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1137 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1138 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1140 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1144 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1145 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1146 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1147 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1148 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1150 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1152 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1153 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1154 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1155 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1156 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1157 &c to supply digit arguments.
1159 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1163 ;;;***
1165 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1166 ;;;;;; (16301 41845))
1167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1169 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1170 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1172 \(fn)" t nil)
1174 ;;;***
1176 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1177 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (16211 27012))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1180 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1181 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1182 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1184 \(fn)" t nil)
1186 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1187 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1188 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1189 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1191 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1193 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1194 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1195 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1196 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1197 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1199 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1201 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1202 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1203 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1204 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1206 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1207 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1211 ;;;***
1213 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1214 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1215 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
1216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1218 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1219 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1220 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1221 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1223 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1225 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1226 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1227 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1228 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1229 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1230 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1232 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1233 directory or directories specified.
1235 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1237 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1238 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1239 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1241 \(fn)" nil nil)
1243 ;;;***
1245 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1246 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (16211 27012))
1247 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1249 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1250 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1251 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1253 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1254 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1256 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1257 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1258 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1262 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1263 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1265 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1266 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1268 \(fn)" nil nil)
1270 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1271 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1272 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1274 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1276 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1278 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1279 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1281 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1282 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1283 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1287 ;;;***
1289 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1290 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (16211 27012))
1291 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1293 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1294 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1295 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1297 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1299 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1301 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1302 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1303 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1304 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1306 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1307 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1308 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1310 Effects of the different modes:
1311 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1312 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1313 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1314 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1315 a random distance & direction.
1316 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1317 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1318 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1320 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1322 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1323 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1324 definition of \"random distance\".)
1326 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1328 ;;;***
1330 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1331 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
1332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1334 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1335 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1337 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1338 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1340 For example:
1342 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1343 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1344 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1345 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1347 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1349 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1351 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1353 ;;;***
1355 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1356 ;;;;;; (16223 32933))
1357 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1359 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1360 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1361 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1362 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1364 \(fn)" t nil)
1366 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1367 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1368 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1369 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1370 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1371 seconds.
1373 \(fn)" t nil)
1375 ;;;***
1377 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1378 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (16211 27023))
1379 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1381 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1382 Time execution of FORMS.
1383 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1384 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1385 FORMS once.
1386 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1387 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1388 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1390 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1392 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1393 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1394 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1395 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1396 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1398 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1400 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1401 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1402 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1403 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1404 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1406 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1408 ;;;***
1410 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16277
1411 ;;;;;; 42320))
1412 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1414 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1415 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1417 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1419 You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1420 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1421 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1422 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1423 with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1425 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1426 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will
1427 work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries
1428 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1429 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1430 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1432 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1433 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1436 Special information:
1438 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1440 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1441 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1442 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1443 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1444 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1445 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1446 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1447 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1449 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1450 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1451 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1452 `bibtex-entry-format'.
1453 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1454 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1455 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1457 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1458 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1460 The following may be of interest as well:
1462 Functions:
1463 `bibtex-entry'
1464 `bibtex-kill-entry'
1465 `bibtex-yank-pop'
1466 `bibtex-pop-previous'
1467 `bibtex-pop-next'
1468 `bibtex-complete'
1469 `bibtex-print-help-message'
1470 `bibtex-generate-autokey'
1471 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry'
1472 `bibtex-end-of-entry'
1473 `bibtex-reposition-window'
1474 `bibtex-mark-entry'
1475 `bibtex-ispell-abstract'
1476 `bibtex-ispell-entry'
1477 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry'
1478 `bibtex-sort-buffer'
1479 `bibtex-validate'
1480 `bibtex-count'
1481 `bibtex-fill-entry'
1482 `bibtex-reformat'
1483 `bibtex-convert-alien'
1485 Variables:
1486 `bibtex-field-delimiters'
1487 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref'
1488 `bibtex-include-OPTkey'
1489 `bibtex-user-optional-fields'
1490 `bibtex-entry-format'
1491 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries'
1492 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries'
1493 `bibtex-entry-field-alist'
1494 `bibtex-predefined-strings'
1495 `bibtex-string-files'
1497 ---------------------------------------------------------
1498 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1499 non-nil.
1501 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1503 \(fn)" t nil)
1505 ;;;***
1507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (16211 27027))
1508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1510 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1512 ;;;***
1514 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (16211
1515 ;;;;;; 27038))
1516 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1518 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1519 Play blackbox.
1520 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1522 What is blackbox?
1524 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1525 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1526 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1527 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1528 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1529 your score.
1531 Overview of play:
1533 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1534 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1535 four.
1537 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1538 movement keys.
1540 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1541 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1543 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1544 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1546 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1547 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1548 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1549 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1550 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1551 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1553 Details:
1555 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1557 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1558 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1559 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1560 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1562 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1563 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1564 denoted by the letter `R'.
1566 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1567 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1568 denoted by the letter `H'.
1570 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1571 example.
1573 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1574 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1575 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1576 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1577 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1578 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1579 ray.
1581 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1582 degree deflection it causes.
1585 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1586 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1587 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1588 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1589 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1591 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1595 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1596 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1599 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1600 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1601 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1602 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1603 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1605 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1608 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1609 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1610 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1611 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1612 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1613 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1614 emerging from the box.
1616 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1618 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1621 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1622 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1623 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1624 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1627 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1628 a reflection.
1630 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1632 ;;;***
1634 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1635 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1636 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1637 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (16211 27012))
1638 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1639 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1640 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1641 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1643 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1644 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1645 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1646 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1647 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1648 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1649 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1650 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1651 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1652 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1653 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1654 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1655 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1656 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1657 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1658 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1659 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1661 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1663 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1664 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1665 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1666 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1667 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1668 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1669 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1670 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1671 recent one.
1673 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1674 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1675 yank successive words.
1677 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1678 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1679 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1680 name of the file being visited.
1682 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1683 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1684 the list of bookmarks.)
1686 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1688 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1689 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1690 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1691 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1692 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1693 this.
1695 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1696 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1697 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1698 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1700 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1702 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1703 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1704 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1705 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1706 after a bookmark was set in it.
1708 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1710 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1711 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1712 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1713 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1715 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1717 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1719 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1720 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1721 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1722 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1724 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1725 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1726 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1728 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1729 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1730 name.
1732 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1734 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1735 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1736 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1737 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1738 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1739 this.
1741 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1743 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1744 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1745 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1746 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1747 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1748 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1749 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1750 probably because we were called from there.
1752 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1754 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1755 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1756 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1758 \(fn)" t nil)
1760 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1761 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1762 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1763 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1764 \(second argument).
1766 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1767 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1768 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1769 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1770 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1772 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1773 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1774 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1775 `bookmark-default-file'.
1777 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1779 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1780 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1781 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1782 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1783 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1784 while loading.
1786 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1787 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1788 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1789 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1790 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1791 explicitly.
1793 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1794 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1795 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1796 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1798 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1800 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1801 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1802 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1803 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1804 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1806 \(fn)" t nil)
1808 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1810 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1812 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-jump))) map))
1814 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1816 ;;;***
1818 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1819 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1820 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1821 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1822 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1823 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1824 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1825 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1826 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16211 27037))
1827 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1829 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1830 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1831 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1832 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1834 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1835 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1836 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1837 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1838 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1840 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1842 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1843 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1844 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1845 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1846 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1847 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1849 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1851 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1852 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1853 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1854 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1855 narrowed.
1857 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1859 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1860 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1862 \(fn)" t nil)
1864 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1865 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1867 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1869 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1870 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1871 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1872 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1874 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1876 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1877 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1878 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1879 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1883 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1884 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1885 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1886 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1887 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1888 to use.
1890 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1892 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1893 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1894 Default to the URL around or before point.
1896 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1897 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1898 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1899 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1901 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1902 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1904 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1905 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1907 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1909 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1910 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1911 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1912 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1914 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1915 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1916 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1917 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1919 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1920 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1922 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1924 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1925 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1926 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1927 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1929 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1930 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1931 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1932 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1934 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1935 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1936 new tab in an existing window instead.
1938 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1939 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1941 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1943 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1944 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1945 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1946 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1948 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1949 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1950 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1951 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1953 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1954 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1955 new tab in an existing window instead.
1957 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1958 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1960 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1962 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1963 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1964 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1965 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1967 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1968 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1969 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1970 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1972 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1973 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1975 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1977 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1978 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1980 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1981 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1982 program is invoked according to the variable
1983 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1985 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1986 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1987 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1988 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1990 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1991 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1993 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1995 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1996 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1997 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1998 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2000 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2002 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2003 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2004 Default to the URL around or before point.
2006 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2007 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2008 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2010 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2011 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2012 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2013 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2015 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2016 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2018 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2020 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2021 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2022 Default to the URL around or before point.
2024 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2026 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2027 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2028 Default to the URL around or before point.
2030 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2031 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2032 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2034 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2035 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2037 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2039 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2040 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2041 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2042 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2044 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2046 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2047 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2048 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2049 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2050 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2052 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2054 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2055 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2056 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2057 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2059 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2060 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2061 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2062 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2064 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2065 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2067 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2069 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2070 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2071 Default to the URL around or before point.
2073 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2075 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2076 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2077 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2078 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2079 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2080 current one.
2082 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2083 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2084 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2085 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2087 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2088 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2090 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2092 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2093 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2094 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2095 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2096 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2097 don't offer a form of remote control.
2099 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2101 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2102 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2103 Default to the URL around or before point.
2105 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2107 ;;;***
2109 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (16211
2110 ;;;;;; 27038))
2111 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2113 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2114 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2116 \(fn)" t nil)
2118 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2119 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2121 \(fn)" nil nil)
2123 ;;;***
2125 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2126 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (16211 27012))
2127 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2129 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2130 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2131 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2132 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2134 \(fn)" t nil)
2136 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2137 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2138 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2139 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2141 \(fn)" t nil)
2143 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2144 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2146 \(fn)" t nil)
2148 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2149 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2150 \\<bs-mode-map>
2151 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2152 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2153 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2154 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2156 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2157 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2158 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2159 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2160 name of buffer configuration.
2162 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2164 ;;;***
2166 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2167 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (16310
2168 ;;;;;; 39781))
2169 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2171 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2172 Keymap used by buttons.")
2174 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2175 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2176 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2178 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2179 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2180 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2181 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2182 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2183 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2185 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2186 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2187 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2188 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2190 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2192 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2193 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2194 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2195 specifying properties to add to the button.
2196 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2197 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2198 `define-button-type'.
2200 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2202 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2204 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2205 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2206 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2207 specifying properties to add to the button.
2208 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2209 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2210 `define-button-type'.
2212 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2214 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2216 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2217 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2218 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2219 specifying properties to add to the button.
2220 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2221 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2222 `define-button-type'.
2224 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2225 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2226 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2227 `make-text-button'.
2229 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2231 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2233 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2234 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2235 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2236 specifying properties to add to the button.
2237 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2238 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2239 `define-button-type'.
2241 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2242 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2243 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2244 `insert-text-button'.
2246 Also see `make-text-button'.
2248 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2250 ;;;***
2252 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2253 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2254 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2255 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2256 ;;;;;; (16239 4666))
2257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2259 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2260 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2261 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2263 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2265 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2266 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2267 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2268 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2270 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2271 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2272 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2273 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2274 whether to compile it.
2276 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2278 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2279 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2281 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2283 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2284 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2285 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2286 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2287 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2289 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2291 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2292 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2293 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2294 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2298 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2299 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2300 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2302 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2304 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2305 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2306 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2307 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2308 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2309 all functions called by those functions.
2311 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2312 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2313 cons, etc.).
2315 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2316 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2317 invoked interactively.
2319 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2321 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2322 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2323 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2324 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2326 \(fn)" nil nil)
2328 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2329 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2330 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2331 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2332 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2333 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2334 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2335 already up-to-date.
2337 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2339 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2340 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2341 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2342 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2344 \(fn)" nil nil)
2346 ;;;***
2348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (16211 27023))
2349 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2351 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2353 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2355 ;;;***
2357 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2358 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
2359 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2361 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2362 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2363 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2364 from the cursor position.
2366 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2368 ;;;***
2370 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2371 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2372 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (16211
2373 ;;;;;; 27022))
2374 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2376 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2377 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2379 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2380 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2382 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2383 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2384 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2385 If nil, use original installation directory.
2386 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2388 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2389 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2391 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2392 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2394 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2395 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2396 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2398 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2399 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2403 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2404 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2406 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2408 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2409 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2411 \(fn)" t nil)
2413 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2414 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2416 \(fn)" t nil)
2418 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2419 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2420 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2421 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2423 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2425 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2426 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2427 This is most useful in the X window system.
2428 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2429 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2431 \(fn)" t nil)
2433 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2434 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2435 See calc-keypad for details.
2437 \(fn)" t nil)
2439 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2440 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2442 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2444 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2445 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2447 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2449 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2450 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2452 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2454 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2455 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2456 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2458 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2460 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2461 Not documented
2463 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2465 ;;;***
2467 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2468 ;;;;;; (16211 27022))
2469 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2471 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2472 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2474 \(fn)" nil nil)
2476 ;;;***
2478 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (16211
2479 ;;;;;; 27012))
2480 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2482 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2483 Run the Emacs calculator.
2484 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2486 \(fn)" t nil)
2488 ;;;***
2490 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2491 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2492 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2493 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2494 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2495 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2496 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2497 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2498 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2499 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2500 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2501 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2502 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2503 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2504 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2505 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2506 ;;;;;; (16252 34047))
2507 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2509 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2510 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2511 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2513 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2515 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2516 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2517 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2518 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2519 the screen.")
2521 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2523 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2524 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2525 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2526 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2527 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2529 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2531 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2532 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2533 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2534 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2535 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2536 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2537 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2539 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2540 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2541 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2542 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2543 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2545 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2546 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2547 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2549 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2551 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2552 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2553 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2555 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2557 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2558 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2559 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2561 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2563 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2564 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2565 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2566 displayed.")
2568 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2570 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2571 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2572 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2574 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2576 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2577 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2578 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2580 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2582 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2584 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2585 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2586 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2588 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2589 calendar.")
2591 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2593 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2594 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2595 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2597 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2598 calendar.")
2600 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2602 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2603 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2604 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2606 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2608 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2609 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2610 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2611 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2612 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2614 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2616 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2617 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2618 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2619 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2620 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2621 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2622 a function is also provided for this:
2623 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2625 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2626 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2627 date is not visible in the window.
2629 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2630 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2631 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2633 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2635 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2636 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2638 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2639 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2640 date is visible in the window.
2642 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2643 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2644 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2646 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2648 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2649 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2651 For example,
2653 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2655 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2657 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2659 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2660 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2662 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2663 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2665 MONTH/DAY
2666 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2667 MONTHNAME DAY
2668 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2669 DAYNAME
2671 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2672 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2673 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2674 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2675 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2676 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2677 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2678 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2679 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2680 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2681 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2682 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2683 in every week.
2685 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2686 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2687 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2688 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2690 DAY/MONTH
2691 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2692 DAY MONTHNAME
2693 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2694 DAYNAME
2696 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2697 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2699 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2700 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2701 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2702 window but will appear in a diary window.
2704 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2705 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2707 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2708 entries (in the default American style):
2710 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2711 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2712 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2713 21: Payday
2714 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2715 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2716 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2717 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2718 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2719 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2720 &* 15 time cards due.
2722 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2723 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2724 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2725 single diary entry
2727 02/11/1989
2728 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2729 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2730 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2731 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2732 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2733 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2735 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2736 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2737 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2739 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2741 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2743 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2744 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2745 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2746 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2747 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2748 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2749 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2750 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2751 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2753 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2754 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2755 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2756 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2757 for these functions for details.
2759 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2760 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2762 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2764 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2765 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2767 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2769 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2770 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2772 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2774 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2775 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2777 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2779 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2780 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2781 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2783 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2785 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2786 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2787 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2789 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2791 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2792 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2793 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2794 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2796 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2798 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2799 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2800 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2801 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2804 DAY/MONTH
2805 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2806 DAY MONTHNAME
2807 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2808 DAYNAME
2810 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2811 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2812 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.")
2814 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2816 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2817 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2818 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2820 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2822 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2823 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2824 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2826 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2828 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2829 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2830 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2832 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2834 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2835 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2836 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2838 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2840 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2841 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2842 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2843 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2844 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2845 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2847 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2849 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2850 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2851 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2853 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2854 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2855 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2856 of the form
2858 #include \"filename\"
2860 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2861 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2862 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2863 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2864 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2866 For example, you could use
2868 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2869 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2870 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2872 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2873 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2874 lexicographic order.")
2876 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2878 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2879 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2880 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2882 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2884 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2885 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2886 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2887 diary display.
2889 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2890 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2891 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2892 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2893 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2894 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2895 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2897 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2898 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2899 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2900 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2901 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2902 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2903 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2904 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2906 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2908 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2909 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2910 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2911 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2912 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2913 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2915 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2917 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2918 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2920 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2921 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2922 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2923 of the form
2924 #include \"filename\"
2925 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2926 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2927 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2928 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2929 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2931 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2933 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2934 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2935 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2936 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2937 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2938 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2940 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
2942 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2943 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2944 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2945 are holidays.")
2947 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
2949 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2950 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2951 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2952 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2953 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2955 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
2957 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2959 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2960 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2961 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2963 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
2965 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2967 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2968 *Oriental holidays.
2969 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2971 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
2973 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2975 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2976 *Local holidays.
2977 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2979 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
2981 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2983 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2984 *User defined holidays.
2985 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2987 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
2989 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2991 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2993 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2995 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2997 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2999 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3001 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3003 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3005 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3007 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3008 *Jewish holidays.
3009 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3011 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3013 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3015 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3016 *Christian holidays.
3017 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3019 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3021 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3023 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3024 *Islamic holidays.
3025 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3027 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3029 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3031 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3032 *Sun-related holidays.
3033 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3035 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3037 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3039 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3040 The frame set up of the calendar.
3041 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3042 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3043 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3044 any other value the current frame is used.")
3046 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3047 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3048 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3050 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3051 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3055 ;;;***
3057 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3058 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3059 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3062 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3063 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3064 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3065 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3066 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3067 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3068 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3070 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3072 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3073 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3074 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3075 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3076 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3077 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3078 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3079 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3081 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3082 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3083 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3084 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3085 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3086 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3088 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3090 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3091 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3093 Key bindings:
3094 \\{c-mode-map}
3096 \(fn)" t nil)
3098 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3099 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3101 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3102 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3103 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3104 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3105 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3106 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3107 message.
3109 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3111 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3112 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3114 Key bindings:
3115 \\{c++-mode-map}
3117 \(fn)" t nil)
3119 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3120 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3121 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3123 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3124 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3125 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3126 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3127 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3128 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3129 message.
3131 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3133 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3134 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3136 Key bindings:
3137 \\{objc-mode-map}
3139 \(fn)" t nil)
3141 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3142 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3143 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3145 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3146 Major mode for editing Java code.
3147 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3148 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3149 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3150 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3151 message.
3153 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3155 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3156 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3158 Key bindings:
3159 \\{java-mode-map}
3161 \(fn)" t nil)
3163 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3164 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3165 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3167 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3168 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3169 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3170 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3171 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3172 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3173 message.
3175 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3177 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3178 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3180 Key bindings:
3181 \\{idl-mode-map}
3183 \(fn)" t nil)
3185 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3186 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3187 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3188 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3190 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3191 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3192 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3193 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3194 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3195 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3196 message.
3198 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3200 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3201 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3203 Key bindings:
3204 \\{pike-mode-map}
3206 \(fn)" t nil)
3207 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3208 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3209 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3210 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3211 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3212 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.")
3214 ;;;***
3216 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3217 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16241 41611))
3218 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3220 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3221 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3222 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3223 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3224 for details of setting up styles.
3226 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3227 style name.
3229 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3230 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3231 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3232 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3233 will be reassigned.
3235 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3236 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3237 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3238 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3239 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3240 default).
3242 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3243 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3244 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3245 when used elsewhere.
3247 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3249 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3250 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3251 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3252 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3254 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3256 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3257 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3258 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3260 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3262 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3263 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3264 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3265 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3266 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3268 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3270 ;;;***
3272 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3273 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3274 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
3275 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3277 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3278 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3280 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3282 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3283 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3285 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3287 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3288 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3290 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3291 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3292 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3293 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3294 execution.
3296 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3298 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3300 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3301 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3303 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3304 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3305 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3306 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3308 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3309 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3310 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3311 `write' commands.
3313 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3314 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3315 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3316 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3318 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3319 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3320 semantics.
3322 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3324 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3326 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3328 STATEMENT :=
3329 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3330 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3332 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3333 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3334 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3335 | integer
3337 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3339 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3340 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3341 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3343 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3344 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3345 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3347 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3348 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3350 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3351 BREAK := (break)
3353 REPEAT :=
3354 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3355 (repeat)
3356 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3357 ;; (repeat))
3358 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3359 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3360 ;; (read REG)
3361 ;; (repeat))
3362 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3363 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3364 ;; (read REG)
3365 ;; (repeat))
3366 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3368 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3369 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3370 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3371 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3372 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3373 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3374 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3375 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3376 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3377 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3378 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3379 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3380 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3381 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3382 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3383 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3385 WRITE :=
3386 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3387 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3388 ;; representation.
3389 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3390 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3391 ;; (write r7))
3392 | (write EXPRESSION)
3393 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3394 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3395 ;; representation.
3396 | (write integer)
3397 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3398 ;; buffer.
3399 | (write string)
3400 ;; Same as: (write string)
3401 | string
3402 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3403 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3404 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3405 ;; representation.
3406 | (write REG ARRAY)
3407 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3408 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3409 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3410 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3411 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3412 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3414 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3415 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3417 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3418 END := (end)
3420 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3421 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3422 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3424 ARG := REG | integer
3426 OPERATOR :=
3427 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3428 + | - | * | / | %
3430 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3431 | & | `|' | ^
3433 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3434 | << | >>
3436 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3437 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3438 | <8
3440 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3441 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3442 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3443 | >8
3445 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3446 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3447 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3448 | //
3450 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3451 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3453 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3454 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3455 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3456 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3457 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3458 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3459 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3460 | de-sjis
3462 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3463 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3464 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3465 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3466 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3467 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3468 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3469 ;; byte of SJIS.
3470 | en-sjis
3472 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3473 ;; Same meaning as C code
3474 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3476 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3477 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3478 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3479 | <8=
3481 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3482 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3483 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3485 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3486 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3487 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3488 | //=
3490 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3493 TRANSLATE :=
3494 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3495 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3496 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3497 LOOKUP :=
3498 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3499 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3500 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3501 MAP :=
3502 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3503 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3504 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3505 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3506 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3507 MAP-ID := integer
3509 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3511 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3512 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3513 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3514 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3515 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3516 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3518 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3520 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3521 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3522 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3524 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3526 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3528 ;;;***
3530 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3531 ;;;;;; (16278 45828))
3532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3534 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3535 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3536 There are no special keybindings by default.
3538 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3539 to the action header.
3541 \(fn)" t nil)
3543 ;;;***
3545 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3546 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3547 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3548 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3549 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3550 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3551 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3552 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3553 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
3554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3556 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3557 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3558 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3559 the users will view as each check is completed.
3561 \(fn)" t nil)
3563 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3564 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3565 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3566 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3567 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3568 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3569 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3570 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3572 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3574 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3575 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3576 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3577 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3578 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3579 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3580 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3581 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3583 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3585 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3586 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3587 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3588 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3589 spacing are all verified.
3591 \(fn)" t nil)
3593 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3594 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3595 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3596 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3597 otherwise stop after the first error.
3599 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3601 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3602 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3603 Only documentation strings are checked.
3604 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3605 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3606 a separate buffer.
3608 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3610 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3611 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3612 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3613 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3614 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3616 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3618 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3619 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3620 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3621 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3622 if there is one.
3624 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3626 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3627 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3628 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3629 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3630 if there is one.
3631 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3633 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3635 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3636 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3637 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3639 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3641 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3642 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3643 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3644 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3645 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3647 \(fn)" t nil)
3649 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3650 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3651 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3652 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3653 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3654 space at the end of each line.
3656 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3658 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3659 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3660 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3661 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3663 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3665 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3666 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3667 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3668 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3670 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3672 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3673 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3674 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3675 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3677 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3679 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3680 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3681 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3682 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3684 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3686 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3687 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3688 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3689 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3691 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3693 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3694 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3695 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3696 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3698 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3700 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3701 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3702 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3703 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3705 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3707 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3708 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3709 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3710 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3712 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3714 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3715 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3716 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3717 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3719 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3721 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3722 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3723 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3725 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3726 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3727 checking of documentation strings.
3729 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3733 ;;;***
3735 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3736 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16211
3737 ;;;;;; 27033))
3738 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3740 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3741 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3742 Return the length of resulting text.
3744 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3746 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3747 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3749 \(fn)" t nil)
3751 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3752 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3753 Return the length of resulting text.
3755 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3757 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3758 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3760 \(fn)" t nil)
3762 ;;;***
3764 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3765 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (16211 27012))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3768 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3769 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3770 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3771 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3772 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3773 editing and the result is evaluated.
3775 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3777 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3778 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3779 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3780 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3781 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3783 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3785 \(fn)" t nil)
3787 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3788 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3789 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3790 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3791 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3793 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3794 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3795 \\{command-history-map}
3797 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3798 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3800 \(fn)" t nil)
3802 ;;;***
3804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (16211 27024))
3805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3807 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3808 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3809 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3810 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3811 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3812 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3814 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3815 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3817 ;;;***
3819 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3820 ;;;;;; (16211 27024))
3821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3823 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3824 Not documented
3826 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3828 ;;;***
3830 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3831 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
3832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3834 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3835 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3836 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3837 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3839 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3840 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3841 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3843 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3844 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3846 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3848 ;;;***
3850 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (16211
3851 ;;;;;; 27012))
3852 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3854 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3855 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3856 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3857 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3858 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3859 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3860 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3862 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3863 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3865 ;;;***
3867 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3868 ;;;;;; (16271 3438))
3869 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3871 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3872 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3873 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3874 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3875 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3876 ?* is used.
3877 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
3879 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3880 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
3881 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
3883 ;;;***
3885 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3886 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3887 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (16215 28546))
3888 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3890 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3891 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3892 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3893 ASCII table.
3895 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3896 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3897 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3898 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3900 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3902 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3903 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3904 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3906 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3908 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3909 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3910 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3912 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3914 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3915 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3916 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3918 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3920 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3921 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3923 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3924 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3925 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3927 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3928 is a vector, and has a charset property.
3930 \(fn)" nil nil)
3932 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3933 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3935 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3936 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3937 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
3939 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3941 ;;;***
3943 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3944 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3945 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3946 ;;;;;; (16211 27012))
3947 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3949 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3950 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3951 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3952 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3953 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3954 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3955 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3956 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3958 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3960 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3962 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3963 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3964 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3965 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3966 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3967 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3968 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3969 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3971 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3973 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3975 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3976 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3977 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3978 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3979 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3980 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3982 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3984 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3985 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3986 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3988 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3990 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3992 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3993 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3994 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3996 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3998 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4000 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4001 Send COMMAND to current process.
4002 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4003 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4005 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4007 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4008 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4009 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4010 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4012 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4014 ;;;***
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (16277
4017 ;;;;;; 42321))
4018 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4020 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4021 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4022 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4023 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4025 This command pushes the mark in each window
4026 at the prior location of point in that window.
4027 If both windows display the same buffer,
4028 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4029 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4031 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4032 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4033 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4034 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4035 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4036 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4037 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4038 ignored.
4040 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4041 this command work in interlaced mode:
4042 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4043 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4044 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4046 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4048 ;;;***
4050 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4051 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4052 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4053 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16277 42320))
4054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4056 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4057 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4059 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4061 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4062 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4064 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4066 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4067 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4068 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4069 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4070 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4072 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4073 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4074 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4075 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4076 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4078 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4079 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4080 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4081 describing how the process finished.")
4083 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4084 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4085 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4086 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4088 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4089 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4090 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4092 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4094 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4095 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4096 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4097 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4099 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4101 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4102 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4103 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4104 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4106 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4107 and move to the source code that caused it.
4109 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4110 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4112 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4113 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4114 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4115 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4116 subprocesses.
4118 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4119 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4120 to a function that generates a unique name.
4122 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4124 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4125 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4126 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4127 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4128 where grep found matches.
4130 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4131 easily repeat a grep command.
4133 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4134 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4135 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4136 if that history list is empty).
4138 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4140 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4141 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4142 Collect output in a buffer.
4143 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4144 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4146 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4147 easily repeat a find command.
4149 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4151 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4152 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4153 Collect output in a buffer.
4154 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4155 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4156 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4157 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4158 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4160 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4161 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4163 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4164 easily repeat a find command.
4166 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4167 those sub directories of DIR.
4169 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4171 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4172 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4173 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4174 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4175 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4177 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4179 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4181 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4182 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4183 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4184 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4185 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4186 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4187 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4191 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4192 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4193 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4194 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4195 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4196 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4200 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4201 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4203 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4204 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4206 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4207 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4208 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4209 and start at the first error.
4211 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4212 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4213 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4214 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4215 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4216 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4218 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4219 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4220 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4222 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4223 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4225 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4226 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4228 ;;;***
4230 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4231 ;;;;;; (16276 26334))
4232 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4234 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4235 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4236 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4237 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4238 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4240 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4242 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4243 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4244 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4246 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4247 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4248 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4249 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4251 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4252 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4253 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4254 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4256 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4257 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4258 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4259 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4263 ;;;***
4265 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4266 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
4267 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4269 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4270 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4272 \(fn)" t nil)
4274 ;;;***
4276 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4277 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4278 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4279 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
4280 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4282 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4283 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4284 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4285 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4286 `make-composition'.
4288 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4290 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4291 | | 1:tc or top-center
4292 | | 2:tr or top-right
4293 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4294 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4295 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4296 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4297 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4298 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4300 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4301 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4302 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4303 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4304 be added.
4306 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4307 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4308 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4310 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4311 | | |
4312 | global| |
4313 | glyph | |
4314 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4315 +----+--*--+
4316 | | new |
4317 | |glyph|
4318 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4321 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4322 Compose characters in the current region.
4324 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4325 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4327 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4329 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4330 specifying the region.
4332 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4333 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4334 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4336 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4337 of the text in the region.
4339 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4341 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4342 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4343 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4344 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4346 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4347 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4348 detail.
4350 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4351 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4352 text in the composition.
4354 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4356 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4357 Decompose text in the current region.
4359 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4360 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4362 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4364 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4365 Compose characters in string STRING.
4367 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4368 the characters in it.
4370 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4371 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4372 STRING respectively.
4374 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4375 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4376 `compose-region' for more detail.
4378 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4379 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4380 text in the composition.
4382 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4384 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4385 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4387 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4389 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4390 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4391 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4392 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4393 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4394 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4395 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4396 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4398 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4400 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4401 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4403 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4404 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4406 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4407 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4409 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4410 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4412 If no composition is found, return nil.
4414 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4415 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4417 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4418 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4419 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4421 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4423 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4425 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4426 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4427 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4429 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4431 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4433 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4435 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4436 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4438 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4439 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4440 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4441 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4442 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4443 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4444 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4445 nil.
4447 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4449 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4450 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4452 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4454 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4455 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4457 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4459 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4461 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4462 Compose last characters.
4463 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4464 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4465 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4466 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4467 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4468 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4469 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4470 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4471 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4472 after a sequence character events.
4474 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4475 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4477 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4478 Convert CHAR to string.
4480 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4481 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4482 vector of CHAR respectively.
4483 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4485 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4487 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4489 ;;;***
4491 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4492 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (16211 27038))
4493 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4495 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4496 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4497 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4498 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4500 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4502 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4503 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4504 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4505 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4507 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4509 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4510 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4511 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4512 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4514 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4516 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4517 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4519 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4521 ;;;***
4523 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4524 ;;;;;; (16211 27024))
4525 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4527 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4528 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4529 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4530 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4531 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4532 following the copyright are updated as well.
4533 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4534 interactively.
4536 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4538 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4539 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4541 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4543 ;;;***
4545 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4546 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
4547 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4549 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4550 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4551 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4552 Tab indents for Perl code.
4553 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4554 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4556 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4557 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4558 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4559 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4560 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4561 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4562 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4563 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4564 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4565 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4566 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4567 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4569 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4571 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4572 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4574 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4576 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4577 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4578 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4579 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4580 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4581 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4582 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4583 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4584 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4586 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4588 bite if angry;
4590 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4591 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4592 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4593 to nil.)
4595 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4596 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4597 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4599 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4601 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4602 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4603 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4604 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4605 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4607 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4609 if (A) { B }
4611 into
4613 B if A;
4615 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4617 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4618 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4619 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4620 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4621 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4622 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4623 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4624 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4625 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4626 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4627 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4628 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4629 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4631 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4632 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4633 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4634 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4635 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4636 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4638 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4639 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4640 man via menu.
4642 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4643 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4644 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4645 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4646 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4648 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4649 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4650 span the needed amount of lines.
4652 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4653 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4654 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4655 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4657 Variables controlling indentation style:
4658 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4659 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4660 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4661 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4662 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4663 `cperl-auto-newline'
4664 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4665 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4666 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4667 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4668 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4669 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4670 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4671 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4672 `cperl-indent-level'
4673 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4674 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4675 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4676 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4677 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4678 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4679 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4680 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4681 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4682 `cperl-brace-offset'
4683 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4684 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4685 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4686 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4687 `cperl-label-offset'
4688 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4689 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4690 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4692 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4693 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4694 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4695 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4696 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4698 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4699 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4700 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4701 \(both available from menu).
4703 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4704 column 0 is indented on
4705 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4707 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4708 with no args.
4710 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4711 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4712 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4714 \(fn)" t nil)
4716 ;;;***
4718 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4719 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
4720 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4722 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4723 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4724 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4725 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4726 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4728 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4730 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4731 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4733 \(fn)" t nil)
4735 ;;;***
4737 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4738 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
4739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4741 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4742 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4743 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4744 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4746 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4747 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4749 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4751 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4752 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4753 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4757 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4759 ;;;***
4761 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4762 ;;;;;; (16211 27024))
4763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4765 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4766 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4767 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4768 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4770 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4771 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4772 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4773 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4775 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4776 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4777 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4779 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4780 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4781 'bob', and 'eve'.
4783 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4784 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4785 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4787 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4789 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4790 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4791 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4793 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4795 ;;;***
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16211
4798 ;;;;;; 27026))
4799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4801 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4802 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4803 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4804 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4805 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4807 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4809 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4810 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4811 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4812 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4813 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4814 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4817 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4818 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4819 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4820 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4821 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4822 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4823 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4824 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4826 ;;;***
4828 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4829 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4830 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4831 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4832 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4833 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4834 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4835 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4836 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16211 27013))
4837 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4838 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4840 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4841 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4843 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4844 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4846 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4847 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4849 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4851 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4853 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4854 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4855 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4857 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4858 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4860 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4861 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4863 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4864 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4866 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4867 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4869 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4871 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4873 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4874 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4875 Return VALUE.
4877 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4878 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4880 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4881 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4883 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4884 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4886 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4887 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4889 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4891 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4893 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4894 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4895 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4896 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4897 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4899 \(fn)" t nil)
4901 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4902 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4903 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4904 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4906 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4908 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4909 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4911 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4913 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4914 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4916 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4918 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4920 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4921 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4923 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4925 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4927 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4928 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4929 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4931 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4933 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4934 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4935 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4936 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4937 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4939 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4940 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4941 version.
4943 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4945 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4946 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4947 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4949 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4950 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4952 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4954 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4955 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4957 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4958 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4960 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4962 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4963 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
4965 \(fn)" t nil)
4967 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
4968 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
4970 \(fn)" t nil)
4972 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4973 Customize all already saved user options.
4975 \(fn)" t nil)
4977 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4978 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4979 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4980 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4981 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4982 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4983 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
4985 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4987 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4988 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4989 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
4991 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4993 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4994 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
4996 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4998 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4999 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5001 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5003 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5004 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5005 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5006 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5007 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5008 that option.
5010 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5012 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5013 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5014 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5015 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5016 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5017 that option.
5019 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5021 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5022 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5024 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5026 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5027 File used for storing customization information.
5028 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5029 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
5030 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5032 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5033 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5034 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5035 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5037 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5039 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5040 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5042 \(fn)" t nil)
5044 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5045 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5047 \(fn)" nil nil)
5049 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5050 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5051 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5053 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5055 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5056 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5057 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5058 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5059 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5061 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5063 ;;;***
5065 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5066 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5067 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5068 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5070 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5071 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5073 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5075 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5076 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5077 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5078 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5080 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5082 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5083 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5084 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5085 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5086 between themes and faces.
5087 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5089 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5090 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5092 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5094 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5095 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5096 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5097 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5098 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5100 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5102 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5103 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5104 Associate this setting with THEME.
5106 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5108 (FACE TO-THEME)
5110 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5112 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5114 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5115 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5116 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5118 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5120 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5122 ;;;***
5124 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5125 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5126 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5128 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5129 Create a custom theme.
5131 \(fn)" t nil)
5133 ;;;***
5135 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5136 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5137 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5139 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5140 Mode used for cvs status output.
5142 \(fn)" t nil)
5144 ;;;***
5146 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5147 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (16211 27039))
5148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5150 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5151 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5153 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5154 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5155 C++ modes are included.
5157 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5161 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5162 Turn on CWarn mode.
5164 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5165 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5167 \(fn)" nil nil)
5169 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5170 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5171 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5172 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5173 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5175 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5177 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5178 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5179 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5180 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5181 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5185 ;;;***
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5188 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5189 ;;;;;; (16211 27033))
5190 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5192 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5193 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5195 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5197 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5198 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5200 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5202 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5203 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5204 For readability, the table is slightly
5205 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5207 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5208 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5209 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5210 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5211 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5213 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5215 ;;;***
5217 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5218 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5219 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5220 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5221 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5223 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5224 Completion on current word.
5225 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5226 and presents suggestions for completion.
5228 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5229 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5230 completions.
5232 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5233 then it searches *all* buffers.
5235 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5236 if there is a suitable one already.
5238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5240 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5241 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5243 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5244 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5245 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5246 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5247 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5249 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5250 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5252 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5253 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5254 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5256 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5257 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5259 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5261 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5263 ;;;***
5265 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (16211
5266 ;;;;;; 27039))
5267 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5269 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5270 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5272 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5273 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5274 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5276 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5277 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5278 Data lines are not indented.
5280 Key bindings:
5282 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5283 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5285 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5286 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5287 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5288 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5290 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5292 dcl-basic-offset
5293 Extra indentation within blocks.
5295 dcl-continuation-offset
5296 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5298 dcl-margin-offset
5299 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5301 dcl-margin-label-offset
5302 Indentation for a label.
5304 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5305 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5307 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5308 dcl-block-end-regexp
5309 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5310 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5311 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5312 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5313 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5315 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5316 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5317 Two such functions are included in the package:
5318 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5319 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5321 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5322 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5323 One such function is included in the package:
5324 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5326 dcl-tab-always-indent
5327 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5328 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5329 margin.
5331 dcl-electric-characters
5332 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5333 typed.
5335 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5336 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5337 which words trigger electric indentation.
5339 dcl-tempo-comma
5340 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5341 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5342 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5344 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5345 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5346 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5347 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5349 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5350 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5351 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5352 dcl-imenu-label-call
5353 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5355 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5356 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5357 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5358 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5361 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5363 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5364 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5365 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5366 $ i = 1
5367 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5368 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5369 $ label:
5370 $ if i.eq.1
5371 $ then
5372 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5373 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5374 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5375 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5376 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5377 \"lined up with the command line\"
5378 $ type sys$input
5379 Data lines are not indented at all.
5380 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5381 $ endif
5385 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5386 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5388 \(fn)" t nil)
5390 ;;;***
5392 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5393 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16211 27025))
5394 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5396 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5398 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5399 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5400 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5401 of the evaluator.
5403 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5404 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5405 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5407 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5409 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5410 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5411 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5412 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5413 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5414 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5415 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5417 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5419 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5420 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5421 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5423 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5425 ;;;***
5427 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5428 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
5429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5431 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5432 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5434 \(fn)" t nil)
5436 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5437 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5438 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5439 Upper-case letters are commands.
5441 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5442 modify it.
5444 The most useful commands are:
5445 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5446 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5447 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5448 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5449 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5450 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5452 \(fn)" t nil)
5454 ;;;***
5456 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5457 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (16211
5458 ;;;;;; 27013))
5459 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5461 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5462 Customization of `columns' group.
5464 \(fn)" t nil)
5466 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5467 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5469 START and END delimits the text region.
5471 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5473 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5474 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5476 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5478 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5480 ;;;***
5482 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16211
5483 ;;;;;; 27039))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5486 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5487 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5488 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5489 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5490 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5491 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5493 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5495 Customization:
5497 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5498 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5499 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5500 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5501 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5502 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5503 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5504 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5505 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5506 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5507 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5508 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5509 blank line.
5510 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5511 Directories to search when finding external units.
5512 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5513 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5515 Coloring:
5517 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5518 Face used to color delphi comments.
5519 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5520 Face used to color delphi strings.
5521 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5522 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5523 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5524 Face used to color everything else.
5526 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5527 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5529 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5531 ;;;***
5533 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16211
5534 ;;;;;; 27013))
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5537 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5539 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5540 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5541 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5543 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5545 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5547 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5548 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5549 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5550 positive.
5552 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5553 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5554 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5555 any selection.
5557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5559 ;;;***
5561 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5562 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16211 27025))
5563 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5565 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5566 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5568 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5570 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5571 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5572 or nil if there is no parent.
5573 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5574 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5575 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5576 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5577 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5579 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5580 arguments are currently understood:
5581 :group GROUP
5582 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5583 :syntax-table TABLE
5584 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5585 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5586 :abbrev-table TABLE
5587 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5588 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5590 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5592 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5594 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5595 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5596 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5598 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5599 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5601 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5602 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5603 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5605 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5606 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5608 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5609 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5611 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5613 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5614 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5615 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5616 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5617 the first time the mode is used.
5619 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5621 ;;;***
5623 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5624 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16302 39173))
5625 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5627 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5628 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5629 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5630 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5631 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5632 otherwise.
5634 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5636 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5637 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5638 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5639 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5640 character composition information (if relevant),
5641 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5643 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5645 ;;;***
5647 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5648 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5649 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (16297 34365))
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5652 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5653 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5654 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5656 use either \\[customize] or the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5658 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
5660 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
5661 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5662 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5663 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
5664 desktop is saved.
5666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5668 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5669 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5670 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5671 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5672 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5673 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5674 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5675 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5677 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5679 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5680 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5681 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5683 \(fn)" nil nil)
5685 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5686 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5687 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5688 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5689 directory DIRNAME.
5691 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5693 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
5694 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5696 \(fn)" t nil)
5698 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5699 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5701 \(fn)" t nil)
5703 ;;;***
5705 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util"
5706 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (16232 544))
5707 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5709 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5711 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
5712 Not documented
5714 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
5716 ;;;***
5718 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5719 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16212 54636))
5720 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5722 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5723 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5724 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5725 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5726 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5730 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5731 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5732 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5733 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5735 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5736 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5737 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5738 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5740 #!/bin/sh
5741 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5742 emacs -batch \\
5743 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5744 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
5745 european-calendar-style t \\
5746 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5747 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5748 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5750 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5751 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5752 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5753 to run it every morning at 1am.
5755 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5757 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5758 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5760 \(fn)" t nil)
5762 ;;;***
5764 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5765 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (16277 42321))
5766 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5768 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5769 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5771 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5773 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5774 *The command to use to run diff.")
5776 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5778 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5779 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5780 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5781 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5782 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5783 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5785 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5787 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5788 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5789 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5790 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5791 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5793 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5795 ;;;***
5797 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5798 ;;;;;; (16309 31935))
5799 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5801 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5802 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5803 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5804 normal diffs.
5805 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5806 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5807 headers for you on-the-fly.
5809 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5810 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5811 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5813 \(fn)" t nil)
5815 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5816 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5817 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5821 ;;;***
5823 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5824 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5825 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5826 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5827 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16292 22310))
5828 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5830 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5831 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5832 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5833 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5834 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5835 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5836 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5837 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5839 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5841 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5842 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5844 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5845 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5846 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5847 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5848 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5850 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5851 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5853 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5854 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5855 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5856 always set this variable to t.")
5858 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5860 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5861 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5862 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5863 A value of t means move to first file.")
5865 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5867 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5868 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5869 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5870 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5871 are afterward marked with that character.")
5873 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5875 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5876 *Controls marking of copied files.
5877 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5878 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5880 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5882 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5883 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5884 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5885 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5887 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5889 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5890 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5891 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5892 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5894 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5896 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5897 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5898 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5899 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5901 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5903 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5905 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5906 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5907 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5909 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5911 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
5912 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5913 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5914 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5915 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5916 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5918 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5919 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5920 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5921 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5922 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5923 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5924 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5925 list of files to make directory entries for.
5926 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5927 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5928 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5929 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5931 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5933 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5934 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5936 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5937 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5939 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5940 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5942 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5943 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5945 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5947 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5948 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5950 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5951 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5953 ;;;***
5955 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5956 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5957 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5958 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5959 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5960 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5961 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5962 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5963 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5964 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5965 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5966 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5967 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (16211 27013))
5968 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5970 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5971 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5972 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5973 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5974 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5975 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5976 which is options for `diff'.
5978 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5980 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5981 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5982 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5983 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5984 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5985 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
5987 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5989 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5990 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5991 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
5993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5995 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5996 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6000 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6001 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6005 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6006 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6007 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6008 `lpr-switches' as default.
6010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6012 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6013 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6014 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6015 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6016 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6018 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6019 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6021 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6022 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6023 file name substituted for `?'.
6025 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6026 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6028 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6029 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6030 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6031 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6033 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6035 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6036 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6037 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6039 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6040 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6041 in a subdir.
6043 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6044 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6046 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6048 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6049 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6050 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6051 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
6052 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
6053 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6055 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6057 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6058 Not documented
6060 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6062 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6063 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6067 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6068 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6072 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6073 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6077 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6078 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6079 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6080 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6082 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6084 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6085 Not documented
6087 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6089 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6090 Not documented
6092 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6094 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6095 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6097 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6099 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6100 Not documented
6102 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6104 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6105 Not documented
6107 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6109 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6110 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6112 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6114 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6115 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6116 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6117 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6118 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6119 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6120 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6121 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6122 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6126 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6127 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6128 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6129 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6130 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6131 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6132 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6133 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6137 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6138 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6139 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6140 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6141 and new hard links are made in that directory
6142 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6143 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6144 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6148 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6149 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6150 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6151 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6152 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6153 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6154 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6158 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6159 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6161 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6162 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6163 file if none are marked.
6165 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6166 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6167 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6168 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6170 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6171 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6173 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6175 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6176 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6177 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6179 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6181 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6182 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6183 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6185 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6187 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6188 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6189 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6191 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6193 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6194 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6198 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6199 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6203 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6204 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6205 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6206 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6207 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6208 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6209 this subdirectory.
6210 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6212 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6214 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6215 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6216 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6217 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6218 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6219 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6220 this subdirectory.
6221 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6223 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6225 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6226 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6227 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6229 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6231 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6232 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6233 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6234 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6236 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6238 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6239 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6240 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6241 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6243 \(fn)" t nil)
6245 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6246 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6247 Lower levels are unaffected.
6249 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6251 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6252 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6254 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6256 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6257 Go down in the dired tree.
6259 \(fn)" t nil)
6261 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6262 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6263 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6264 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6266 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6268 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6269 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6270 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6271 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6273 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6275 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6276 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6277 Stops when a match is found.
6278 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6280 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6282 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6283 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6284 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6285 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6286 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6288 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6290 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6291 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6292 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6293 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6295 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6297 ;;;***
6299 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (16246 41969))
6300 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6302 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6303 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6304 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6305 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6306 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6307 buffer and try again.
6309 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6311 ;;;***
6313 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (16211 27015))
6314 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6316 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6317 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6318 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6320 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6322 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6323 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6325 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6326 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6328 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6330 ;;;***
6332 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16211
6333 ;;;;;; 27025))
6334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6336 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6337 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6338 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6339 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6340 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6341 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6343 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6345 ;;;***
6347 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6348 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6349 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6350 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6351 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (16286 45076))
6352 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6354 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6355 Return a new, empty display table.
6357 \(fn)" nil nil)
6359 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6360 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6361 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6362 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6363 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6365 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6367 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6368 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6369 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6370 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6371 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6373 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6375 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6376 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6378 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6380 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6381 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6383 \(fn)" t nil)
6385 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6386 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6388 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6390 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6391 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6393 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6395 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6396 Display character C using printable string S.
6398 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6400 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6401 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6402 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6403 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6405 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6407 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6408 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6409 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6410 X frame.
6412 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6414 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6415 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6417 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6419 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6420 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6422 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6424 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6425 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6427 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6428 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6429 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6430 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6432 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6433 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6434 European character display.
6436 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6437 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6438 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6439 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6441 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6442 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6443 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6444 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6445 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6447 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6449 ;;;***
6451 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6452 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
6453 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6455 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6456 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6457 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6458 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6459 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6460 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6461 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6462 Default is 2.
6464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6466 ;;;***
6468 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (16211 27038))
6469 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6471 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6472 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6474 \(fn)" t nil)
6476 ;;;***
6478 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6479 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
6480 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6482 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6483 Toggle Double mode.
6484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6485 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6487 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6489 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6490 Toggle Double mode.
6491 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6493 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6494 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6496 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6498 ;;;***
6500 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (16211 27038))
6501 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6503 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6504 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6506 \(fn)" t nil)
6508 ;;;***
6510 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6511 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
6512 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6514 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6515 Play sounds in message buffers.
6517 \(fn)" t nil)
6519 ;;;***
6521 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6522 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6523 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16309 31935))
6524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6526 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6528 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6529 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6530 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6531 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6533 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6534 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6535 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6536 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6537 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6538 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6539 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6540 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6541 used (see below).
6543 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6544 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6545 Before the actual body code, you can write
6546 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6547 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6548 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6549 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6550 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6551 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6552 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6553 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6554 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6555 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6556 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6558 For example, you could write
6559 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6560 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6561 ...BODY CODE...)
6563 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6565 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6566 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6567 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6568 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6569 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6570 :group to specify the custom group.
6572 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6574 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6575 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6576 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6577 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6578 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6579 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6580 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6582 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6584 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6585 Not documented
6587 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6589 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6590 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6591 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6593 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6595 ;;;***
6597 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6598 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16211
6599 ;;;;;; 27026))
6600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6602 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6604 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6605 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6607 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6608 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6609 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6611 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6612 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6614 :filter FUNCTION
6616 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6617 menu displayed.
6619 :visible INCLUDE
6621 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6622 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6624 :active ENABLE
6626 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6627 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6629 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6631 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6633 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6635 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6636 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6638 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6639 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6641 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6643 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6645 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6647 :keys KEYS
6649 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6650 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6651 computed automatically.
6652 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6654 :key-sequence KEYS
6656 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6657 menu item.
6658 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6659 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6660 keyboard equivalent.
6662 :active ENABLE
6664 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6665 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6667 :included INCLUDE
6669 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6670 expression has a non-nil value.
6672 :suffix FORM
6674 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6675 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6677 :style STYLE
6679 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6680 defined:
6682 toggle: A checkbox.
6683 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6684 radio: A radio button.
6685 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6686 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6687 menu bar itself.
6688 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6690 :selected SELECTED
6692 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6693 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6695 :help HELP
6697 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6699 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6700 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6701 as a solid horizontal line.
6703 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6705 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6707 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6708 Not documented
6710 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6712 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6713 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6714 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6715 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6717 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6719 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6720 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6721 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6722 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6723 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6724 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6726 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6727 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6728 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6730 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6731 to implement dynamic menus.
6733 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6735 ;;;***
6737 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6738 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6739 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6740 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6741 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (16211 27039))
6742 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6744 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6745 Customization for ebnf group.
6747 \(fn)" t nil)
6749 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6750 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6752 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6753 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6754 it to the printer.
6756 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6757 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6758 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6759 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6761 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6763 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6764 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6765 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6767 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6769 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6770 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6771 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6772 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6774 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6776 \(fn)" t nil)
6778 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6779 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6780 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6782 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6784 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6786 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6787 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6789 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6790 The EPS file name has the following form:
6792 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6794 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6795 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6797 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6798 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6799 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6800 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6802 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6804 \(fn)" t nil)
6806 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6807 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6809 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6810 The EPS file name has the following form:
6812 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6814 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6815 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6817 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6818 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6819 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6820 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6822 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6824 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6826 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6828 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6829 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6831 \(fn)" t nil)
6833 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6834 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6836 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6838 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6839 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6841 \(fn)" nil nil)
6843 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6844 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6846 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6848 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6849 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6851 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6853 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6854 Set STYLE to current style.
6856 It returns the old style symbol.
6858 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6860 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6861 Reset current style.
6863 It returns the old style symbol.
6865 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6867 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6868 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6870 It returns the old style symbol.
6872 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6874 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6875 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6877 It returns the old style symbol.
6879 \(fn)" t nil)
6881 ;;;***
6883 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6884 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6885 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6886 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
6887 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
6888 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
6889 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
6890 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
6891 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
6892 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
6893 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (16233
6894 ;;;;;; 59013))
6895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6897 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6898 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6899 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6900 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6901 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6902 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6904 Tree mode key bindings:
6905 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6907 \(fn)" t nil)
6909 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6910 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6912 \(fn)" t nil)
6914 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6915 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
6917 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
6919 \(fn)" nil nil)
6921 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6922 View declaration of member at point.
6924 \(fn)" t nil)
6926 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6927 Find declaration of member at point.
6929 \(fn)" t nil)
6931 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6932 View definition of member at point.
6934 \(fn)" t nil)
6936 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6937 Find definition of member at point.
6939 \(fn)" t nil)
6941 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6942 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
6944 \(fn)" t nil)
6946 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6947 View definition of member at point in other window.
6949 \(fn)" t nil)
6951 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6952 Find definition of member at point in other window.
6954 \(fn)" t nil)
6956 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6957 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6959 \(fn)" t nil)
6961 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6962 View definition of member at point in other frame.
6964 \(fn)" t nil)
6966 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6967 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6969 \(fn)" t nil)
6971 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6972 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6973 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6974 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6975 completion.
6977 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6979 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6980 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6981 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6982 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6984 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6986 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
6987 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
6988 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
6989 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
6991 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6993 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6994 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6995 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6997 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6999 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
7000 Search for call sites of a member.
7001 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7002 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7003 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7004 looks like a function call to the member.
7006 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7008 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7009 Move backward in the position stack.
7010 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7012 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7014 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7015 Move forward in the position stack.
7016 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7018 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7020 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
7021 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7023 \(fn)" t nil)
7025 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7026 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7028 \(fn)" t nil)
7030 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7031 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7032 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7033 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7035 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7037 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7038 Display statistics for a class tree.
7040 \(fn)" t nil)
7042 ;;;***
7044 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7045 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7046 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7048 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7049 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7050 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7051 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7053 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7054 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7055 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7057 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7058 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7059 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
7061 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
7063 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7065 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7067 ;;;***
7069 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7070 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (16211 27015))
7071 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7073 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7074 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7075 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7077 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7079 ;;;***
7081 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7082 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16277 42320))
7083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7085 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7086 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7087 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7088 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7089 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7091 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7092 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7093 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7094 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7096 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7098 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7099 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7100 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7101 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7103 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7105 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7106 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7107 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7108 \(naming a function), or a list.
7110 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7112 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7114 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7115 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7116 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7117 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7118 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7120 If you do this on a function definition
7121 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7122 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7123 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7124 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7126 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7127 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7128 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7129 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7130 already is one.)
7132 \(fn)" t nil)
7134 ;;;***
7136 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7137 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7138 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7139 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7140 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7141 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7142 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7143 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7144 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7145 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16271 3439))
7146 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7148 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7149 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7151 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7153 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7154 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7156 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7158 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7160 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7162 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7163 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7164 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7165 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7167 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7169 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7170 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7172 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7174 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7176 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7177 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7179 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7181 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7183 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7184 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7185 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7186 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7188 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7190 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7192 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7193 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7194 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7195 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7197 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7199 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7201 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7202 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7203 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7204 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7206 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7208 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7210 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7211 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7212 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7213 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7215 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7217 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7219 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7220 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7221 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7222 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7223 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7224 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7226 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7228 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7229 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7230 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7231 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7233 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7235 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7237 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7238 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7239 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7240 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7242 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7244 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7246 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7248 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7249 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7250 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7251 follows:
7252 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7253 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7255 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7257 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7258 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7259 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7260 follows:
7261 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7262 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7264 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7266 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7267 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7268 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7269 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7270 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7271 region.
7272 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7273 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7275 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7277 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7278 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7279 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7280 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7281 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7282 region.
7283 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7284 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7285 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7287 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7289 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7291 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7292 Merge two files without ancestor.
7294 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7296 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7297 Merge two files with ancestor.
7299 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7301 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7303 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7304 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7306 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7308 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7309 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7311 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7313 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7314 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7315 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7316 buffer.
7318 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7320 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7321 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7322 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7323 buffer.
7325 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7327 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7328 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7329 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7330 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7332 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7334 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7335 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7336 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7337 and don't ask the user.
7338 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7339 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7341 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7343 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7344 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7345 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7346 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7347 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7348 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7350 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7352 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7354 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7356 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7357 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7358 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7359 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7360 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7362 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7364 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7366 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7367 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7368 When called interactively, displays the version.
7370 \(fn)" t nil)
7372 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7373 Display Ediff's manual.
7374 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7376 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7378 ;;;***
7380 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7381 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7382 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7384 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7385 Not documented
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7389 ;;;***
7391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (16211 27015))
7392 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7394 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7395 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7397 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7399 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7401 ;;;***
7403 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7404 ;;;;;; (16271 3441))
7405 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7407 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7408 Display Ediff's registry.
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7412 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7414 ;;;***
7416 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7417 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16271 3439))
7418 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7420 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7421 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7422 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7423 which see.
7425 \(fn)" t nil)
7427 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7428 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7429 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7430 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7432 \(fn)" t nil)
7434 ;;;***
7436 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7437 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7438 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7439 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7441 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7442 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7443 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7445 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7446 Edit a keyboard macro.
7447 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7448 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7449 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7450 its command name.
7451 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7453 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7455 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7456 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7458 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7460 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7461 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7463 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7465 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7466 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7467 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7468 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7469 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7470 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7472 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7473 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7474 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7475 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7477 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7479 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7480 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7481 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7482 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7483 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7484 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7486 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7488 ;;;***
7490 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7491 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (16211 27026))
7492 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7494 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7495 Set scroll margins.
7496 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7497 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7499 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7501 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7502 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7504 \(fn)" t nil)
7506 ;;;***
7508 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7509 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7510 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7512 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7513 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7514 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7515 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7516 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7517 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7518 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7519 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7521 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7522 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7524 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7525 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7526 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7527 this value is non-nil.
7529 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7530 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7531 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7533 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7534 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7535 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7537 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7539 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7540 Not documented
7542 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7544 ;;;***
7546 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7547 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16218 6703))
7548 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7550 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7551 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7553 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7555 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7556 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7557 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7559 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7560 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7561 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7562 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7563 from the documentation string if possible.
7565 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7566 instead.
7568 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7572 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7573 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7575 \(fn)" t nil)
7577 ;;;***
7579 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (16211
7580 ;;;;;; 27015))
7581 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7583 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7584 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7586 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7587 an elided material again.
7589 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7593 ;;;***
7595 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7596 ;;;;;; (16276 26334))
7597 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7599 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7600 Initialize elint.
7602 \(fn)" t nil)
7604 ;;;***
7606 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7607 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (16211
7608 ;;;;;; 27026))
7609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7611 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7612 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7613 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7615 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7617 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7618 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7619 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7621 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7623 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7624 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7625 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7627 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7629 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7631 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7632 Display current profiling results.
7633 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7634 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7635 displayed.
7637 \(fn)" t nil)
7639 ;;;***
7641 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7642 ;;;;;; (16256 53161))
7643 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7645 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7646 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7647 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7649 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7651 ;;;***
7653 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7654 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7655 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7656 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7657 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16211 27015))
7658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7660 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7661 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
7662 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
7663 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
7664 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
7665 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
7666 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
7667 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
7668 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
7669 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
7670 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
7671 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
7672 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
7673 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
7674 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
7675 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
7677 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7678 Run Emerge on two files.
7680 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7682 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7683 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7685 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7687 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7688 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7690 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7692 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7693 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7695 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7697 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7698 Not documented
7700 \(fn)" nil nil)
7702 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7703 Not documented
7705 \(fn)" nil nil)
7707 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7708 Not documented
7710 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7712 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7713 Not documented
7715 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7717 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7718 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7720 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7722 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7723 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7725 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7727 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7728 Not documented
7730 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7732 ;;;***
7734 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7735 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
7736 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7738 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7739 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7740 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7742 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7744 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7746 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7747 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7748 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7750 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7751 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7752 automatically.
7754 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7755 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7756 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7760 ;;;***
7762 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7763 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16211 27043))
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7766 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7767 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7768 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7769 text/enriched format.
7770 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7772 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7773 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7775 Commands:
7777 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7781 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7782 Not documented
7784 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7786 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7787 Not documented
7789 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7791 ;;;***
7793 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16211
7794 ;;;;;; 27027))
7795 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7797 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7798 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7800 \\{eshell-mode-map}
7802 \(fn)" nil nil)
7804 ;;;***
7806 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (16211
7807 ;;;;;; 27027))
7808 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7810 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7811 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7815 ;;;***
7817 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7818 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16211 27027))
7819 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7821 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7822 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7823 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7824 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7825 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7826 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7827 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7828 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7829 buffer selected (or created).
7831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7833 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7834 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7835 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7837 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7839 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7840 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7841 The result might be any Lisp object.
7842 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7843 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7844 corresponding to a successful execution.
7846 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7848 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7849 Report a bug in Eshell.
7850 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7851 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7853 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7855 ;;;***
7857 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7858 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7859 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7860 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
7861 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
7862 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
7863 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16211
7864 ;;;;;; 27039))
7865 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7867 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7868 *File name of tags table.
7869 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7870 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7871 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7872 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7874 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7875 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7876 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7877 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7879 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7881 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7882 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7883 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7884 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7885 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7886 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7888 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7890 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7891 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7892 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7893 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7894 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7895 `auto-compression-mode').")
7897 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7899 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7900 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7901 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7902 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7903 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7905 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7907 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7908 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7909 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7910 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7912 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7914 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7915 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7916 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7917 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7918 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7920 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7922 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7923 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7924 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7925 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7927 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7928 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7929 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7930 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7931 file the tag was in.
7933 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7935 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
7936 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
7937 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
7938 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
7939 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
7940 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
7941 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
7942 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
7943 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
7945 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
7947 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7948 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7949 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7950 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7951 without directory names.
7953 \(fn)" nil nil)
7955 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7956 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7957 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7958 but does not select the buffer.
7959 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7961 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7962 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7963 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7964 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7965 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7967 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7969 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7970 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7971 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7973 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7975 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7977 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7978 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7979 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7980 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7982 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7983 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7984 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7985 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7986 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7988 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7990 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7991 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7992 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7994 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7996 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7997 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7999 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
8000 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8001 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8002 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8003 around or before point.
8005 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8006 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8007 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8008 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8009 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8011 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8013 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8014 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8015 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8017 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8019 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8020 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8022 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
8023 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8024 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8025 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8026 around or before point.
8028 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8029 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8030 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8031 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8032 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8034 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8036 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8037 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8038 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8040 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8042 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8043 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8045 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8046 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8047 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8049 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8050 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8051 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8052 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8053 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8055 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8057 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8058 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8059 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8061 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8063 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8064 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8065 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8067 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8068 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8070 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8071 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8072 where they were found.
8074 \(fn)" t nil)
8076 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8077 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8079 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8080 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8081 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8083 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8084 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8086 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8087 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8089 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8091 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8092 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8093 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8094 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8096 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8097 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8098 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8099 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8100 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8102 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8103 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8105 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8106 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8107 Stops when a match is found.
8108 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8110 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8112 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8114 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8115 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8116 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8117 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8118 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8120 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8122 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8124 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8125 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8126 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8127 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8128 directory specification.
8130 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8132 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8133 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8135 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8137 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8138 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8139 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8140 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8142 \(fn)" t nil)
8144 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8145 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8146 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8147 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8148 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8150 \(fn)" t nil)
8152 ;;;***
8154 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8155 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8156 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8157 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8158 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8159 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8160 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8161 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16211 27033))
8162 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8164 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8165 Not documented
8167 \(fn)" nil nil)
8169 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8170 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8171 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8172 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8174 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8175 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8176 language.
8178 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8179 even if the buffer is read-only.
8181 See also the descriptions of the variables
8182 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8183 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8185 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8187 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8188 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8190 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8191 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8193 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8194 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8195 language.
8197 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8198 buffer is read-only.
8200 See also the descriptions of the variables
8201 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8202 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8204 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8206 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8207 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8208 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8212 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8213 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8215 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8216 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8218 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8219 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8223 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8224 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8225 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8226 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8228 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8230 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8231 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8232 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8233 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8235 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8236 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8237 the primary language.
8239 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8240 buffer is read-only.
8242 See also the descriptions of the variables
8243 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8244 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8246 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8248 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8249 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8250 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8251 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8253 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8254 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8255 primary language.
8257 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8258 buffer is read-only.
8260 See also the descriptions of the variables
8261 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8262 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8264 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8266 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8267 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8268 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8272 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8273 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8275 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8276 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8277 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8278 3) convert the body into SERA.
8280 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8282 \(fn)" t nil)
8284 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8285 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8286 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8288 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8290 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8291 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8293 \(fn)" t nil)
8295 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8296 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8298 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8299 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8300 be 1, 2, or 3.
8302 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8303 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8304 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8306 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8308 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8310 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8311 Allow the user to input special characters.
8313 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8315 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8316 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8317 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8319 \(fn)" t nil)
8321 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8322 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8324 \(fn)" t nil)
8326 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8327 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8329 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8330 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8332 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8333 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8335 \(fn)" nil nil)
8337 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8338 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8340 \(fn)" nil nil)
8342 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8343 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8345 \(fn)" nil nil)
8347 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8348 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8350 \(fn)" nil nil)
8352 ;;;***
8354 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8355 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8356 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
8357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8359 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8360 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8361 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8362 server for future sessions.
8364 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8366 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8367 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8369 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8371 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8372 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8374 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8376 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8377 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8378 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8379 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8380 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8381 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8382 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8383 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8384 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8385 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8386 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8387 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8389 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8391 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8392 Display a form to query the directory server.
8393 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8394 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8396 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8398 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8399 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8400 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8402 \(fn)" t nil)
8404 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8406 ;;;***
8408 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8409 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8410 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (16211 27037))
8411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8413 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8414 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8416 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8418 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8419 Display URL and make it clickable.
8421 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8423 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8424 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8426 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8428 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8429 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8431 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8433 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8434 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8436 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8438 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8439 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8441 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8443 ;;;***
8445 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8446 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (16211 27037))
8447 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8449 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8450 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8451 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8453 \(fn)" t nil)
8455 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8456 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8458 \(fn)" t nil)
8460 ;;;***
8462 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8463 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
8464 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8466 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8467 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8469 \(fn)" t nil)
8471 ;;;***
8473 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8474 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8475 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (16211 27039))
8476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8478 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8479 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8480 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8482 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8484 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8485 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8486 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8487 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8488 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8489 executable.
8491 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8493 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8494 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8495 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8497 \(fn)" t nil)
8499 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8500 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8501 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8502 file modes.
8504 \(fn)" nil nil)
8506 ;;;***
8508 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8509 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (16211 27015))
8510 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8512 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8513 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8514 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8515 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8517 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8519 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8520 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8521 to generate such functions.
8523 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8524 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8525 beginning of the expanded text.
8527 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8528 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8529 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8530 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8532 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8534 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8536 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8537 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8538 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8540 \(fn)" t nil)
8542 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8543 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8544 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8546 \(fn)" t nil)
8547 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8548 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8550 ;;;***
8552 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16211 27039))
8553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8555 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8556 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8557 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8559 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8560 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8561 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8563 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8565 Key definitions:
8566 \\{f90-mode-map}
8568 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8570 `f90-do-indent'
8571 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8572 `f90-if-indent'
8573 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8574 `f90-type-indent'
8575 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8576 `f90-program-indent'
8577 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8578 (default 2).
8579 `f90-continuation-indent'
8580 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8581 `f90-comment-region'
8582 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8583 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8584 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8585 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8586 (default \"!\").
8587 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8588 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8589 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8590 `f90-break-delimiters'
8591 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8592 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8593 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8594 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8595 (default t).
8596 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8597 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8598 `f90-smart-end'
8599 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8600 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8601 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8602 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8603 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8604 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8605 `f90-leave-line-no'
8606 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8607 `f90-keywords-re'
8608 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8610 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8611 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8613 \(fn)" t nil)
8615 ;;;***
8617 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8618 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8619 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8620 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8621 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (16211 27015))
8622 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8623 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8624 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8626 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8627 Menu keymap for faces.")
8629 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8631 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8632 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8634 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8636 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8637 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8639 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8641 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8642 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8644 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8646 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8647 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8649 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8651 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8652 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8654 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8656 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8657 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8659 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8661 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8663 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8665 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8667 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8668 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8669 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8670 will not show through at all will be removed.
8672 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8674 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8675 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8676 requested face.
8678 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8679 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8680 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8682 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8684 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8685 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8686 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8688 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8689 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8690 requested face.
8692 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8693 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8694 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8696 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8698 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8699 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8700 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8702 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8703 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8704 requested face.
8706 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8707 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8708 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8710 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8712 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8713 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8714 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8715 is the menu item's name.
8717 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8718 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8719 requested face.
8721 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8722 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8723 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8725 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8727 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8728 Make the region invisible.
8729 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8730 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8732 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8734 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8735 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8736 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8737 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8739 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8741 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8742 Make the region unmodifiable.
8743 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8744 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8746 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8748 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8749 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8751 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8753 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8754 Remove all text properties from the region.
8756 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8758 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8759 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8760 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8762 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8764 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8765 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8767 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8769 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8770 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8771 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8772 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8773 of colors that the current display can handle.
8775 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8777 ;;;***
8779 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8780 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (16211 27015))
8781 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8783 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8784 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8785 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8786 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8788 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8790 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8791 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8792 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8794 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8795 - When you save the file's buffer.
8796 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8797 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8798 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8799 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8801 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8803 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8804 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8805 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8806 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8810 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8811 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8813 \(fn)" nil nil)
8815 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8817 ;;;***
8819 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8820 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8821 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (16211 27033))
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8824 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8825 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8826 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8827 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8829 \(fn)" nil nil)
8831 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8832 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8836 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8837 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8838 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8839 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8843 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8844 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8845 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8846 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8847 backup file names and the like).
8849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8851 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8852 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8853 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8854 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8855 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8856 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8857 internally by feedmail):
8859 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8860 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8861 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8862 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8864 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8865 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8866 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8867 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8868 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8870 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8872 ;;;***
8874 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8875 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (16252 34051))
8876 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8878 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8879 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8880 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8881 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8882 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8883 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8884 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8886 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8888 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8889 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8890 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8891 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8892 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8893 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8894 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8896 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8898 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8900 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8902 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8903 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8904 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8905 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8906 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8907 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8909 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8911 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8912 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8913 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8914 Return value:
8915 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8916 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8917 * otherwise, nil
8919 \(fn E)" t nil)
8921 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8922 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8924 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8926 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8927 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8929 \(fn)" t nil)
8931 ;;;***
8933 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8934 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
8935 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8937 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8938 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8939 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8940 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8941 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8942 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8943 \(directories) is done.
8945 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8946 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8947 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8948 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8950 ;;;***
8952 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8953 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (16211 27016))
8954 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8956 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8957 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8958 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8959 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8960 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8962 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8964 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8965 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8966 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8967 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8969 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8971 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8972 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8973 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8975 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8977 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8978 as the final argument.
8980 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8982 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8983 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8984 and run dired on those files.
8985 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8986 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8988 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8990 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8992 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8993 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8994 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8996 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8998 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
9000 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9002 ;;;***
9004 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
9005 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
9006 ;;;;;; (16247 2100))
9007 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
9009 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
9010 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
9011 Specifies how to recognise special constructs such as include files
9012 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
9013 construct.")
9015 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
9016 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9017 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
9019 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
9021 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9023 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
9025 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9026 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9027 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
9029 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
9030 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9032 Variables of interest include:
9034 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9035 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9036 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9038 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9039 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9040 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9042 - `ff-ignore-include'
9043 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9045 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9046 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9048 - `ff-quiet-mode'
9049 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9051 - `ff-special-constructs'
9052 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9053 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9054 extracting the filename from that construct.
9056 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9057 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9059 - `ff-search-directories'
9060 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9061 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9063 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9064 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9066 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9067 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9069 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9070 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9072 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9073 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9075 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9076 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9078 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9080 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9081 Visit the file you click on.
9083 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9085 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9086 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9088 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9090 ;;;***
9092 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9093 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9094 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9095 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9096 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9097 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16211 27026))
9098 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9100 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9101 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9103 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9105 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9106 Search for SYMBOL.
9107 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9108 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9110 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9112 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9113 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9115 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9116 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9117 not selected.
9119 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9120 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9121 in `load-path'.
9123 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9125 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9126 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9128 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9129 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9130 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9131 it is one of the current buffers.
9133 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9134 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9135 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9137 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9139 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9140 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9142 See `find-function' for more details.
9144 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9146 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9147 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9149 See `find-function' for more details.
9151 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9153 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9154 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9156 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9157 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9158 not selected.
9160 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9161 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9163 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9165 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9166 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9168 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9169 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9170 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9171 it is one of the current buffers.
9173 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9174 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9175 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9177 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9179 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9180 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9182 See `find-variable' for more details.
9184 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9186 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9187 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9189 See `find-variable' for more details.
9191 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9193 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9194 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9195 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9197 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9199 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9200 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9202 \(fn)" t nil)
9204 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9205 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9207 \(fn)" t nil)
9209 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9210 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9212 \(fn)" nil nil)
9214 ;;;***
9216 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9217 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (16211 27016))
9218 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9220 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9221 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9223 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9225 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9226 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9228 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9230 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9231 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9233 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9235 ;;;***
9237 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9238 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (16235 4766))
9239 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9241 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9242 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9244 \(fn)" t nil)
9246 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9247 Display FILE's commentary section.
9248 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9250 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9252 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9253 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9255 \(fn)" t nil)
9257 ;;;***
9259 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9260 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (16211 27016))
9261 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9263 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9264 Toggle flow control handling.
9265 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9266 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9268 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9270 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9271 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9272 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9273 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9274 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9275 to get the effect of a C-q.
9277 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9279 ;;;***
9281 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9282 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9283 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (16211 27043))
9284 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9286 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9287 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9288 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9290 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9292 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9293 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9295 \(fn)" t nil)
9297 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9299 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9301 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9302 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9303 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9304 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9305 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9306 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9308 Bindings:
9309 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9310 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9311 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9313 Hooks:
9314 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9316 Remark:
9317 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9318 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9319 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9321 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9322 consider adding:
9323 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9324 in your .emacs file.
9326 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9327 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9331 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9333 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9334 The flyspell version
9336 \(fn)" t nil)
9338 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9339 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9341 \(fn)" nil nil)
9343 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9344 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9346 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9348 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9349 Flyspell whole buffer.
9351 \(fn)" t nil)
9353 ;;;***
9355 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9356 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9357 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
9358 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9360 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9361 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9363 \(fn)" t nil)
9365 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9366 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9368 \(fn)" t nil)
9370 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9371 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9373 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9374 of two major techniques:
9376 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9377 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9378 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9380 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9381 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9382 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9383 movement commands.
9385 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9386 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9387 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9388 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9389 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9390 mileage may vary).
9392 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9393 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9395 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9397 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9398 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9399 \(This is the default.)
9401 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9402 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9404 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9405 \\{follow-mode-map}
9407 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9409 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9410 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9412 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9413 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9414 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9415 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9416 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9417 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9419 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9420 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9421 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9423 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9424 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9425 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9429 ;;;***
9431 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9432 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9433 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16211 27016))
9434 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9436 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9437 Not documented
9439 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9441 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9442 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9443 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9444 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9445 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9446 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9447 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9448 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9449 end of the current highlighting list.
9451 For example:
9453 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9454 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9455 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9457 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9458 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9460 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9461 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9462 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9464 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9465 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9466 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9468 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9470 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9471 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9473 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9474 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9476 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9477 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9478 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9480 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9482 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9483 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9485 \(fn)" t nil)
9487 ;;;***
9489 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (16211
9490 ;;;;;; 27033))
9491 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9493 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9494 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9495 \\<message-mode-map>
9496 key binding
9497 --- -------
9499 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9500 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9501 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9502 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9503 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9504 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9508 ;;;***
9510 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9511 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16211 27016))
9512 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9514 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9515 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9517 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9518 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9519 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9520 C-c < forms-first-record <
9521 C-c > forms-last-record >
9522 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9523 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9524 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9525 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9526 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9527 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9528 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9529 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9530 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9531 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9533 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9535 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9536 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9538 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9540 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9541 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9543 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9545 ;;;***
9547 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9548 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16211 27039))
9549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9551 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9552 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9553 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9554 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9555 with a character in column 6.")
9557 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9559 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9560 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9561 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9563 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9564 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9566 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9568 Key definitions:
9569 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9571 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9573 `comment-start'
9574 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9575 `fortran-do-indent'
9576 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9577 `fortran-if-indent'
9578 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9579 `fortran-structure-indent'
9580 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9581 (default 3)
9582 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9583 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9584 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9585 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9586 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9587 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9588 nil don't change the indentation
9589 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9590 value of either
9591 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9592 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9593 depending on the continuation format in use.
9594 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9595 indentation for a line of code.
9596 (default 'fixed)
9597 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9598 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9599 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9600 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9601 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9602 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9603 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9604 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9605 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9606 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9607 column 5.
9608 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9609 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9610 statements (default nil).
9611 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9612 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9613 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9614 `fortran-continuation-string'
9615 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9616 line (default \"$\").
9617 `fortran-comment-region'
9618 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9619 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9620 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9621 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9622 as typed (default t).
9623 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9624 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9626 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9627 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9629 \(fn)" t nil)
9631 ;;;***
9633 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9634 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (16211 27038))
9635 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9637 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9638 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9640 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9641 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9643 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9645 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9646 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9648 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9649 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9651 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9653 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9654 Compile fortune file.
9656 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9657 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9659 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9661 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9662 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9664 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9665 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9666 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9667 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9669 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9671 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9672 Display a fortune cookie.
9674 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9675 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9676 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9677 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9679 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9681 ;;;***
9683 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9684 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (16271 3439))
9685 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9687 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9688 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9689 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9690 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9691 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9692 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9693 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9694 fringe).
9695 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9696 it take real effect.
9697 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9698 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9699 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9701 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9703 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9704 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
9706 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
9707 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
9708 `minimal' and `half'.
9710 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
9711 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
9712 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
9713 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
9714 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
9715 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
9716 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
9717 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
9718 width of 0.
9720 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
9721 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
9722 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
9723 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
9724 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
9726 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9728 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9729 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
9731 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
9732 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
9733 `minimal' and `half'.
9735 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
9736 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
9737 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
9738 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
9739 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
9740 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
9741 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
9742 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
9743 width of 0.
9745 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
9746 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
9747 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
9748 `fringe-mode'.
9750 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9752 ;;;***
9754 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16278 45828))
9755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9757 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9758 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9759 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9760 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9762 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9763 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9764 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9766 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9767 GDB Toolbar
9768 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9769 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9773 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9774 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9775 | (comint-mode)
9782 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9783 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9784 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9785 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9786 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9787 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9789 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9790 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9791 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9792 in the GUD buffer.
9794 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9795 screen.
9797 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9798 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9799 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9801 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9803 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9804 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9806 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9808 ;;;***
9810 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9811 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
9812 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9814 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9815 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9817 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9818 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9820 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9821 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9822 function.
9824 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9825 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9826 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9827 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9828 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9829 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9831 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9832 Each keyword should be a string.
9834 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9835 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9837 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9838 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9839 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9841 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9843 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9845 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9847 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9848 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9849 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9850 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9852 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9853 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9855 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9857 ;;;***
9859 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9860 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
9861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9863 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9864 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9865 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9866 at places they belong to.
9868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9870 ;;;***
9872 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9873 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (16211 27028))
9874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9876 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9877 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9881 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9882 Read network news.
9883 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9884 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9885 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9886 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9887 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9889 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9891 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9892 Read news as a slave.
9894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9896 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9897 Pop up a frame to read news.
9899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9901 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9902 Read network news.
9903 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9904 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9905 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9907 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9909 ;;;***
9911 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9912 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9913 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
9914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9916 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9917 Start Gnus unplugged.
9919 \(fn)" t nil)
9921 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9922 Start Gnus plugged.
9924 \(fn)" t nil)
9926 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9927 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9928 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9929 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9931 \(gnus-agentize)
9933 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9934 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9935 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9937 \(fn)" t nil)
9939 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9940 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9942 \(fn)" t nil)
9944 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9945 Not documented
9947 \(fn)" t nil)
9949 ;;;***
9951 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9952 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
9953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9955 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9956 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9958 \(fn)" nil nil)
9960 ;;;***
9962 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9963 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
9964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9966 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9967 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9969 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9971 ;;;***
9973 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9974 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (16211
9975 ;;;;;; 27028))
9976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9978 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9979 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9981 Usage:
9982 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9984 \(fn)" t nil)
9986 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9987 Generate the cache active file.
9989 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9991 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9992 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9994 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9996 ;;;***
9998 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9999 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16211 27028))
10000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
10002 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
10003 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
10004 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
10006 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
10008 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
10009 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
10011 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
10013 ;;;***
10015 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
10016 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
10019 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
10021 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
10022 Run batched scoring.
10023 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
10025 \(fn)" t nil)
10027 ;;;***
10029 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
10030 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (16211 27028))
10031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
10033 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10034 Not documented
10036 \(fn)" nil nil)
10038 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10039 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
10041 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
10043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10045 ;;;***
10047 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
10048 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
10049 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
10052 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10053 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
10054 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
10055 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
10056 group parameters.
10058 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10059 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10060 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10061 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10063 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10064 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10065 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10066 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10067 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10068 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10069 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10070 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10071 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10072 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
10074 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10076 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10077 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
10078 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
10080 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10081 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10083 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10085 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10086 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10087 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
10089 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10091 \(fn)" nil nil)
10093 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10094 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10095 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10097 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10099 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10100 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10101 existing groups are considered.
10103 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10104 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10105 returned.
10107 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10108 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10109 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10110 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10111 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10112 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10113 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10114 clauses will be generated.
10116 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10117 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10118 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10119 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10120 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10121 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10123 For example, given the following group parameters:
10125 nnml:mail.bar:
10126 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10127 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10128 nnml:mail.foo:
10129 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10130 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10131 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10132 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10133 nnml:mail.others:
10134 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10136 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10138 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10139 \"mail.bar\")
10140 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10141 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10142 \"mail.others\")
10144 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10146 ;;;***
10148 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10149 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10152 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10153 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10154 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10156 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10158 ;;;***
10160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (16211
10161 ;;;;;; 27028))
10162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10164 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10165 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10166 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10167 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10169 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10171 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10173 ;;;***
10175 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10176 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10179 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10180 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10181 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10182 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10183 part is ignored.
10185 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10186 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10187 rather than using this function.
10189 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10191 ;;;***
10193 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10194 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10197 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10198 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10199 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10200 for matching on group names.
10202 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10203 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10205 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10207 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10209 \(fn)" t nil)
10211 ;;;***
10213 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10214 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10217 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10218 Update the format specification near point.
10220 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
10222 ;;;***
10224 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10225 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16211 27028))
10226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10228 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10229 Unload all Gnus features.
10230 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10231 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10232 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10234 \(fn)" t nil)
10236 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10237 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10239 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10241 ;;;***
10243 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10244 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10247 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10248 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10250 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10252 ;;;***
10254 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16211 27038))
10255 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10257 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10258 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10260 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10261 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10262 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10264 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10265 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10266 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10268 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10269 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10271 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10272 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10274 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10276 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10278 ;;;***
10280 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10281 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16211 27037))
10282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10284 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10285 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10286 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10287 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10288 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10290 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10292 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10293 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10294 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10295 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10296 there, then load the URL at or before point.
10298 \(fn)" t nil)
10300 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10301 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10302 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10303 or to send e-mail.
10304 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10306 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10307 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10309 \(fn)" t nil)
10311 ;;;***
10313 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (16211 27016))
10314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10316 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10317 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10318 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10319 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10320 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10322 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10324 ;;;***
10326 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
10327 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16278 45828))
10328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
10330 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10331 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10332 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10333 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10335 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10337 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10338 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10339 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10340 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10342 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10344 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10345 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10346 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10347 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10349 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10351 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10352 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10353 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10354 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10356 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10357 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10359 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10361 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10362 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10363 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10364 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10366 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10368 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10369 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10370 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10371 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10373 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10375 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10376 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10377 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10378 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10379 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10381 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10382 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10383 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10384 original source file access method.
10386 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10387 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10389 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10391 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10392 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10393 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10394 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10396 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10397 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10399 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
10401 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
10402 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
10404 \(fn)" t nil)
10406 ;;;***
10408 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (16211
10409 ;;;;;; 27038))
10410 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10412 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10413 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10414 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10415 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10417 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10418 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10419 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10420 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10422 \(fn)" t nil)
10424 ;;;***
10426 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10427 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10430 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10431 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10433 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10435 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10436 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10437 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10438 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10440 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10442 \(fn)" t nil)
10444 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10445 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10446 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10447 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10448 to be updated.
10450 \(fn)" t nil)
10452 ;;;***
10454 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10455 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10456 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16211 27016))
10457 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10459 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10460 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10461 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10462 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10463 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10464 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10468 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10469 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10470 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10471 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10472 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10473 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10475 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10476 is used instead of `load-path'.
10478 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10479 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10480 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10482 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10484 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10485 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10487 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10489 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10490 Not documented
10492 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10494 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10495 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10496 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10498 \(fn)" nil nil)
10500 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10501 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10502 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10503 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10504 it is displayed along with the global value.
10506 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10508 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10509 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10510 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10511 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10513 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10515 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10516 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10517 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10519 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10521 ;;;***
10523 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10524 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
10525 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10527 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10528 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10529 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10530 and window listing and describing the options.
10531 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10532 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10534 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10536 ;;;***
10538 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10539 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10540 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16276 26334))
10541 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10543 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10544 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10545 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10546 Commands:
10547 \\{help-mode-map}
10549 \(fn)" t nil)
10551 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10552 Not documented
10554 \(fn)" nil nil)
10556 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10557 Not documented
10559 \(fn)" nil nil)
10561 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10562 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10564 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10565 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10566 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10567 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10569 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10570 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10571 restore it properly when going back.
10573 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10575 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10576 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10578 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10579 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10580 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10581 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10582 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
10583 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
10584 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
10585 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
10587 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10588 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10589 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10590 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10592 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10593 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10594 that.
10596 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10598 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10599 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10600 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10601 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10602 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10603 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10605 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10607 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10608 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10609 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10610 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10611 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10613 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10615 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10616 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10618 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10620 ;;;***
10622 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10623 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (16211 27026))
10624 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10626 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10627 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10629 \(fn)" t nil)
10631 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10632 Provide help for current mode.
10634 \(fn)" t nil)
10636 ;;;***
10638 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10639 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16211 27016))
10640 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10642 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10643 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10644 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10645 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10646 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10648 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10649 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10651 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10652 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10653 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10654 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10656 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10657 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10658 periods.
10660 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10661 in hexl format.
10663 A sample format:
10665 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10666 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10667 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10668 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10669 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10670 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10671 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10672 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10673 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10674 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10675 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10676 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10677 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10678 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10679 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10681 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10682 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10683 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10685 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10686 also supported.
10688 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10690 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10691 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10692 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10694 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10695 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10696 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10698 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10699 into the buffer at the current point.
10701 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10702 into the buffer at the current point.
10704 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10705 into the buffer at the current point.
10707 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10709 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10710 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10712 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10714 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10718 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10719 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10720 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10722 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10724 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10725 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10726 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10728 \(fn)" t nil)
10730 ;;;***
10732 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10733 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10734 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (16211
10735 ;;;;;; 27016))
10736 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10738 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10739 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10741 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10743 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10744 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10746 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10747 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10748 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10749 which can be called interactively, are:
10751 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10752 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10754 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10755 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10756 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10757 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10759 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10760 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10762 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10763 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10765 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10766 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10767 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10768 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10769 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10770 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10772 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10773 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10775 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10776 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10777 Hi-lock: FOO
10778 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10779 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10780 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10781 will be read until
10782 Hi-lock: end
10783 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10787 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10789 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10790 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10792 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10793 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10794 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10795 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10797 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10799 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10801 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10802 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10804 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10805 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10806 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10807 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10809 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10811 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10813 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10814 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10816 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10817 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10819 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10821 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10823 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10824 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10826 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10827 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10828 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10829 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10830 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10832 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10834 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10835 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10837 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10838 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10839 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10841 \(fn)" t nil)
10843 ;;;***
10845 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10846 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (16211 27039))
10847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10849 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10850 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10851 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10852 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10853 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10854 how the hiding is done:
10856 `hide-ifdef-env'
10857 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10858 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10859 is used.
10861 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10862 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10863 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10864 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10865 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10867 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10868 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10869 #endif lines when hiding.
10871 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10872 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10873 is activated.
10875 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10876 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10877 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10879 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10883 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10884 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10886 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10888 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10889 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10891 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10893 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10894 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10896 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10898 ;;;***
10900 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10901 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16274 58117))
10902 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10904 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10905 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10907 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10909 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10910 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10911 Each element has the form
10912 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10914 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10915 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10917 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10918 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10920 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10921 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10922 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10923 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
10924 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
10925 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10927 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10928 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10930 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10931 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10933 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10934 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10935 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10937 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10938 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10939 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10940 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10941 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10942 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10944 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10945 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10946 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10948 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10949 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10951 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10953 Key bindings:
10954 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10958 ;;;***
10960 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10961 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10962 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10963 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (16211 27016))
10964 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10966 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10968 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10969 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10970 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10972 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10974 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10975 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10977 Without an argument:
10978 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10979 or passive state as determined by the variable
10980 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10981 and passive state.
10983 With an argument ARG:
10984 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10985 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10986 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10988 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10989 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10990 not displayed in a different face.
10992 Functions:
10993 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10994 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10995 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10996 buffer with the contents of a file
10997 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10998 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10999 various faces.
11001 Hook variables:
11002 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
11003 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
11004 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
11006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11008 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
11009 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
11011 \(fn)" t nil)
11013 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
11014 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
11016 \(fn)" t nil)
11018 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
11019 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
11021 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
11022 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
11023 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
11024 shown in the last face in the list.
11026 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
11027 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
11028 buffer to be saved):
11030 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
11032 \(fn)" t nil)
11034 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
11035 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
11037 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
11038 and must not be read-only.
11040 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
11041 this function is called interactively.
11043 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
11044 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
11045 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
11047 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
11048 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
11049 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
11051 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
11053 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
11054 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
11056 When called interactively:
11057 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
11058 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
11059 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
11060 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
11062 When called from a program:
11063 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
11064 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
11065 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
11066 - otherwise just turn it on
11068 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
11069 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
11070 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
11071 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
11073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11075 ;;;***
11077 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
11078 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
11079 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
11080 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
11081 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (16211 27016))
11082 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
11084 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
11085 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
11086 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
11087 or insert functions in this list.")
11089 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
11091 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
11092 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
11094 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
11096 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
11097 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
11099 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
11101 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
11102 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
11104 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
11106 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
11107 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
11109 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
11111 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
11112 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
11113 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
11115 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11117 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
11118 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
11119 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11120 \(as atoms)")
11122 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11124 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
11125 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
11126 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11127 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
11128 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
11130 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11132 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11133 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11134 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11135 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11136 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11137 expansions.
11138 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11139 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11140 undoes the expansion.
11142 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11144 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11145 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11146 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11147 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11149 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11151 ;;;***
11153 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11154 ;;;;;; (16271 3438))
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11157 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11158 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
11159 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11161 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11162 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
11163 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
11164 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
11165 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
11167 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11168 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
11169 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
11170 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
11172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11174 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11175 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11176 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11178 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11180 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11182 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11183 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11184 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11186 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
11187 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11191 ;;;***
11193 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11194 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
11195 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11197 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11198 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11199 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11201 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11205 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11206 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11208 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11209 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11211 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11213 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11215 ;;;***
11217 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11218 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (16211 27037))
11219 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11221 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11222 This function is obsolete.
11223 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11224 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11226 \(fn)" nil nil)
11228 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11229 This function is obsolete.
11230 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11231 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11235 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11236 This function is obsolete.
11237 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11238 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11242 ;;;***
11244 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11245 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11246 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11247 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11248 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11249 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11250 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11251 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11252 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11253 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11254 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11255 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11256 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11257 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11258 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11259 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11260 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11261 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11262 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11263 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11264 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11265 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16211 27016))
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11268 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11269 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11270 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11274 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11275 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11277 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11279 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11280 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11282 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11284 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11285 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11287 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11289 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11290 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11292 \(fn)" t nil)
11294 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11295 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11297 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11299 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11300 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11302 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11303 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11304 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11305 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11306 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11307 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11308 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11309 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11310 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11311 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11312 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11313 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11315 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11316 Not documented
11318 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11320 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11321 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11323 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11325 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11326 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11328 \(fn)" t nil)
11330 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11331 Remove the first filter group.
11333 \(fn)" t nil)
11335 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11336 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11338 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11340 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11341 Remove all filter groups.
11343 \(fn)" t nil)
11345 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11346 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11348 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11350 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11351 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11352 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11354 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11356 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11357 Kill the filter group at point.
11358 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11362 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11363 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11365 \(fn)" t nil)
11367 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11368 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11370 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11372 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11373 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11374 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11375 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11377 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11379 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11380 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11381 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11383 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11385 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11386 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11387 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11388 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11389 of replacing the current filters.
11391 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11393 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11394 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11396 \(fn)" t nil)
11398 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11399 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11401 \(fn)" t nil)
11403 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11404 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11406 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11407 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11408 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11410 \(fn)" t nil)
11412 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11413 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11415 \(fn)" t nil)
11417 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11418 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11420 \(fn)" t nil)
11422 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11423 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11424 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11425 filter into parts.
11427 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11429 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11430 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11431 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11433 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11435 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11436 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11438 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11440 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11441 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11443 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11445 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11446 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11447 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11448 of replacing the current filters.
11450 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11451 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11452 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11453 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11454 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11455 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11456 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11457 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11458 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11460 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11461 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11462 Default sorting modes are:
11463 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11464 Name - the name of the buffer
11465 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11466 Size - the size of the buffer
11468 \(fn)" t nil)
11470 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11471 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11473 \(fn)" t nil)
11474 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11475 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11476 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11477 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11479 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11480 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11482 \(fn)" t nil)
11484 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11485 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11486 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11487 for this Ibuffer session.
11489 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11491 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11492 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11493 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11494 for this Ibuffer session.
11496 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11498 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11499 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11501 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11502 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11504 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11505 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11507 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11509 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11510 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11512 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11513 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11515 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11517 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11518 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11520 \(fn)" t nil)
11522 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11523 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11525 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11527 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11528 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11529 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11531 \(fn)" t nil)
11533 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11534 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11536 The names are separated by a space.
11537 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11539 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11540 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11541 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11542 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11544 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11548 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11549 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11551 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11553 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11554 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11556 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11558 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11559 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11561 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11563 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11564 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11566 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11568 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11569 Mark all modified buffers.
11571 \(fn)" t nil)
11573 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11574 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11576 \(fn)" t nil)
11578 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11579 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11581 \(fn)" t nil)
11583 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11584 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11586 \(fn)" t nil)
11588 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11589 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11591 \(fn)" t nil)
11593 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11594 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11596 \(fn)" t nil)
11598 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11599 Mark all read-only buffers.
11601 \(fn)" t nil)
11603 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11604 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11606 \(fn)" t nil)
11608 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11609 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11610 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11611 defaults to one.
11613 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11615 ;;;***
11617 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11618 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16211
11619 ;;;;;; 27016))
11620 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11622 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11623 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11625 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11626 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11627 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11629 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11630 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11631 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11632 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11633 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11634 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11636 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11637 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11638 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11639 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11640 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11642 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11644 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11645 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11646 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11647 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11648 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11650 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11651 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11652 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11654 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11656 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11657 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11658 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11659 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11660 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11661 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11663 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11664 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11665 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11666 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11667 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11668 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11669 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11670 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11671 values are:
11672 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11673 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11674 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11675 buffer's modification flag.
11676 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11677 prompted before performing this operation.
11678 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11679 operation is complete, in the form:
11680 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11681 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11682 confirmation message, in the form:
11683 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11684 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11685 macro for exactly what it does.
11687 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11689 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11690 Define a filter named NAME.
11691 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11692 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11693 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11695 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11696 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11697 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11698 bound to the current value of the filter.
11700 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11702 ;;;***
11704 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11705 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16211 27016))
11706 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11708 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11709 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11710 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11711 buffers which are visiting a file.
11713 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11715 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11716 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11717 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11718 buffers which are visiting a file.
11720 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11722 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11723 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11724 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11726 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11727 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11728 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11729 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11730 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11731 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11732 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11733 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11734 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11735 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11736 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11737 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11738 locally in this buffer.
11740 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11742 ;;;***
11744 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11745 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (16211 27017))
11746 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11748 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11749 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11750 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11754 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11755 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11756 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11758 \(fn)" nil nil)
11760 ;;;***
11762 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (16211 27039))
11763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11765 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11766 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11767 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11768 Tab indents for Icon code.
11769 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11770 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11771 \\{icon-mode-map}
11772 Variables controlling indentation style:
11773 icon-tab-always-indent
11774 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11775 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11776 icon-auto-newline
11777 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11778 inserted in Icon code.
11779 icon-indent-level
11780 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11781 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11782 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11783 icon-continued-statement-offset
11784 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11785 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11786 icon-continued-brace-offset
11787 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11788 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11789 icon-brace-offset
11790 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11791 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11792 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11793 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11795 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11796 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11798 \(fn)" t nil)
11800 ;;;***
11802 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11803 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
11804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11806 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11807 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11808 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11809 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11811 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11812 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11813 separate frames.
11815 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11816 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11818 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11819 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11820 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11822 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11824 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11826 ;;;***
11828 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11829 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
11830 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11832 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11833 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11835 The main features of this mode are
11837 1. Indentation and Formatting
11838 --------------------------
11839 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11840 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11842 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11843 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11844 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11845 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11847 Comments are indented as follows:
11849 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11850 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11851 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11853 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11855 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11856 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11857 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11858 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11859 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11860 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11861 recommended).
11863 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11864 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11865 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11866 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11868 2. Routine Info
11869 ------------
11870 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11871 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11872 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11873 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11874 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11875 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11876 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11877 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11879 3. Online IDL Help
11880 ---------------
11881 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11882 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11883 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11884 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11885 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11887 4. Completion
11888 ----------
11889 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11890 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11891 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11892 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11893 mixed or upper case.
11895 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11896 --------------------------------
11897 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11898 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11900 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11901 \\fu FUNCTION template
11902 \\c CASE statement template
11903 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11904 \\f FOR loop template
11905 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11906 \\w WHILE loop template
11907 \\i IF statement template
11908 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11909 \\b BEGIN
11911 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11912 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11914 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11915 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11916 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11918 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11919 -------------------------
11920 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11921 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11923 7. Automatic END completion
11924 ------------------------
11925 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11926 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11928 8. Hooks
11929 -----
11930 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11931 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11933 9. Documentation and Customization
11934 -------------------------------
11935 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11936 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11937 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11938 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11939 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11941 10.Keybindings
11942 -----------
11943 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11944 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11945 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11947 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11949 \(fn)" t nil)
11951 ;;;***
11953 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11954 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11955 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11956 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11957 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11958 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11959 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11960 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (16211 27017))
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11963 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11964 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11965 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11966 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11967 displaying...)
11968 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11969 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11970 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11973 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11975 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11977 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11978 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11979 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11980 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
11981 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
11982 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
11983 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
11984 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
11985 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11989 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11990 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11991 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11992 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11993 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11994 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11995 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11997 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11999 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
12000 Switch to another buffer.
12001 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
12002 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
12003 in another frame.
12005 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
12006 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
12007 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
12008 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
12009 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12011 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
12012 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
12014 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
12015 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
12017 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12018 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12019 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12020 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
12021 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
12022 in a separate window.
12023 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
12024 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12025 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12026 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12027 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
12028 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
12029 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
12030 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
12031 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
12033 \(fn)" t nil)
12035 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
12036 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
12037 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12038 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12040 \(fn)" t nil)
12042 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
12043 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
12044 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12045 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12047 \(fn)" t nil)
12049 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
12050 Kill a buffer.
12051 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12052 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12054 \(fn)" t nil)
12056 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
12057 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
12058 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12059 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12061 \(fn)" t nil)
12063 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
12064 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12065 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12066 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12068 \(fn)" t nil)
12070 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
12071 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
12073 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12075 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
12076 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
12077 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
12078 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
12079 visible in another frame.
12081 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
12082 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
12083 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
12084 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
12085 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
12086 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12088 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
12089 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
12091 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
12092 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
12094 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12095 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12096 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12097 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
12098 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
12099 in a separate window.
12100 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
12101 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
12102 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
12103 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
12104 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
12105 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
12106 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
12107 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12108 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12109 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12110 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
12111 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
12112 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
12113 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
12114 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
12116 \(fn)" t nil)
12118 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
12119 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12120 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12121 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12123 \(fn)" t nil)
12125 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
12126 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12127 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12128 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12130 \(fn)" t nil)
12132 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
12133 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
12134 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12135 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12137 \(fn)" t nil)
12139 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
12140 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
12141 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12142 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12144 \(fn)" t nil)
12146 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12147 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12148 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12149 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12151 \(fn)" t nil)
12153 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12154 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12155 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12156 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12158 \(fn)" t nil)
12160 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12161 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12162 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12163 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12165 \(fn)" t nil)
12167 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12168 Write current buffer to a file.
12169 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12170 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12172 \(fn)" t nil)
12174 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12175 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12176 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12177 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12179 \(fn)" t nil)
12181 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12182 Call dired the ido way.
12183 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12184 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12186 \(fn)" t nil)
12188 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12189 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12190 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12192 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12194 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12195 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12196 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12198 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12200 ;;;***
12202 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (16218 6767))
12203 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12204 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12206 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12207 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12208 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12210 \(fn)" t nil)
12212 ;;;***
12214 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12215 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12216 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (16211 27017))
12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12219 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12220 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12221 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12222 be determined.
12224 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12226 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12227 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12228 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12229 be determined.
12231 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12233 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12234 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12235 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12237 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12239 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12240 Create an image.
12241 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12242 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12243 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12244 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12245 use its file extension as image type.
12246 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12247 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12248 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12249 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12251 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12253 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12254 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12255 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12256 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12257 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12258 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12259 POS may be an integer or marker.
12260 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12261 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12262 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12263 means display it in the right marginal area.
12265 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12267 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12268 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12269 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12270 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12271 defaulted if you omit it.
12272 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12273 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12274 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12275 means display it in the right marginal area.
12277 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12279 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12280 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12281 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12282 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12284 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12286 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12287 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12289 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12291 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12292 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12293 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12294 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12295 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12296 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12297 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12298 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12299 satisfied.
12301 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12303 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12305 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12306 Define SYMBOL as an image.
12308 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12309 documentation string.
12311 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12312 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12313 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12314 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12315 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12316 string containing the actual image data. The first image
12317 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12318 define SYMBOL.
12320 Example:
12322 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12323 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12325 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12327 ;;;***
12329 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12330 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12331 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (16211 27017))
12332 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12334 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12335 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12336 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12337 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12339 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12340 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12341 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12342 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12344 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12346 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12347 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12348 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12349 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12351 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12352 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12353 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12354 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12356 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12358 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12359 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12361 \(fn)" nil nil)
12363 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12364 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12365 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12366 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12368 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12370 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12371 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12372 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12373 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12374 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12376 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12378 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12379 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12380 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12381 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12383 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12384 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12385 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12389 ;;;***
12391 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12392 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16252 34050))
12393 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12395 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12396 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12398 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12400 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12401 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12402 in the buffer.
12404 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12406 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12407 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12408 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12410 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12412 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12413 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12415 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12416 to create a buffer index.
12418 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12419 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12420 or like this:
12421 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12422 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12423 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12424 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12425 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12427 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12428 entries are not nested.
12430 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12431 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12432 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12433 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12435 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12436 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12438 The variable is buffer-local.
12440 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12441 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12442 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12444 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12445 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12446 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12447 during matching.")
12449 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12451 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12452 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12454 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12455 of the current buffer as an alist.
12457 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12458 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12459 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12460 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12461 if it is a sub-alist.
12463 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12465 The variable is buffer-local.")
12467 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12469 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12470 Function for finding the next index position.
12472 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12473 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12474 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12475 file.
12477 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12478 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12480 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12482 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12484 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12485 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12487 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12488 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12489 It should return the name for that index item.
12491 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12493 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12495 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12496 Function to compare string with index item.
12498 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12499 non-nil if they match.
12501 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12502 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12503 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12504 arguments match\".
12506 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12508 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12510 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12511 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12512 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12514 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12516 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12518 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12520 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12521 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12522 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12523 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12525 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12527 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12528 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12530 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12532 \(fn)" t nil)
12534 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12535 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12536 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12537 for more information.
12539 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12541 ;;;***
12543 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12544 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12545 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16301 42973))
12546 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12548 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12549 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12551 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12553 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12554 Not documented
12556 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12558 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12559 Not documented
12561 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12563 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12564 Not documented
12566 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12568 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12569 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12570 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12571 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12572 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12574 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12576 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12577 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12578 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12579 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12580 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12582 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12584 ;;;***
12586 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12587 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
12588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12590 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12591 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12592 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12593 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12594 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12596 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12597 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12599 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12600 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12601 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12602 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12603 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12604 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12605 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12606 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12608 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12609 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12610 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12611 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12612 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12614 This variable is only used if the variable
12615 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12617 More precise choices:
12618 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12619 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12620 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12622 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12624 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12625 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12627 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12628 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12629 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12630 to that buffer.
12631 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12632 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12633 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12634 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12636 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12637 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12639 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12641 ;;;***
12643 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12644 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-index Info-directory info-standalone
12645 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12646 ;;;;;; (16258 10857))
12647 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12649 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12650 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12652 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12653 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12655 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12656 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12657 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12658 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12659 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12660 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12662 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12663 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12665 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12666 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12667 in all the directories in that path.
12669 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12671 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12672 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12674 \(fn)" t nil)
12676 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12677 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12678 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12679 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12681 \(fn)" nil nil)
12683 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12684 Go to the Info directory node.
12686 \(fn)" t nil)
12688 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
12689 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
12690 The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose
12691 name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following
12692 nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\".
12693 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
12694 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
12695 Use the `,' command to see the other matches.
12696 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
12698 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
12700 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12701 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12702 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12703 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12704 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol
12705 or string.
12707 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12709 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12710 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12711 KEY is a string.
12712 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12713 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12714 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12715 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12717 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12719 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12720 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12721 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12723 \(fn)" t nil)
12725 ;;;***
12727 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12728 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12729 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
12730 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12732 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12733 Throw away all cached data.
12734 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12735 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12736 system.
12738 \(fn)" t nil)
12740 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12741 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12742 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12743 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12744 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12745 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12747 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12749 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12751 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12752 Display the documentation of a file.
12753 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12754 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12755 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12756 The default file name is the one found at point.
12758 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12760 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12762 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12763 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12765 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12767 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12768 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12770 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12772 ;;;***
12774 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref"
12775 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (16211 27017))
12776 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12778 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12779 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12781 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12783 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12784 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12785 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12787 \(fn)" t nil)
12789 ;;;***
12791 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12792 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (16211 27017))
12793 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12795 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12796 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12798 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12800 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12801 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12802 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12804 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12805 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12806 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12808 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12809 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12810 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12811 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12813 \(fn)" t nil)
12815 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12816 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12817 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12819 \(fn)" t nil)
12821 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12822 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12823 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12824 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12825 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12827 \(fn)" nil nil)
12829 ;;;***
12831 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12832 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12833 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
12834 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12836 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12837 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12839 \(fn)" t nil)
12841 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12842 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12844 \(fn)" t nil)
12846 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12847 Not documented
12849 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12851 ;;;***
12853 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12854 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
12855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12857 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12858 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12859 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12860 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12861 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12862 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12864 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12865 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12867 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12868 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12869 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12870 \"s gives German sharp s.
12871 /a gives a with ring.
12872 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12873 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12874 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12875 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12877 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12878 and a negative argument disables it.
12880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12882 ;;;***
12884 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12885 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12886 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12887 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (16211 27032))
12888 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12890 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12891 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12892 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12893 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12895 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12897 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12898 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12899 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12900 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12902 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12904 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12905 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12906 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12907 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12909 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12911 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12912 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12913 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12914 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12916 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12918 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12919 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12920 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12921 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12923 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12925 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12926 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12927 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12928 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12930 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12932 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12933 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12934 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12935 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12937 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12939 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12940 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12941 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12942 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12944 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12946 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12947 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12948 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12949 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12951 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12953 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12954 Warn that format is read-only.
12956 \(fn)" t nil)
12958 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12959 Warn that format is write-only.
12961 \(fn)" t nil)
12963 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12964 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12966 \(fn)" t nil)
12968 ;;;***
12970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12971 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12973 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12974 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12975 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12977 ;;;***
12979 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12980 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12981 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12982 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12983 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12984 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16211 27044))
12985 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12987 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12988 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12989 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12990 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12992 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12994 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12995 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12997 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
12999 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
13000 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
13001 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
13002 and then re-start emacs.")
13004 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13006 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
13008 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
13010 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
13012 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
13014 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
13016 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
13018 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
13019 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
13021 Each element of this list is also a list:
13023 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
13024 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
13026 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
13027 nil means the default dictionary.
13029 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
13030 word.
13032 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
13034 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
13035 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
13036 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
13037 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
13038 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
13039 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
13040 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
13041 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
13042 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
13044 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
13045 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
13046 single word.
13048 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
13049 subprocess.
13051 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
13052 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
13053 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
13054 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
13055 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
13056 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
13057 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
13058 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
13060 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
13062 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
13063 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
13064 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
13066 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13068 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
13069 Key map for ispell menu.")
13071 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
13072 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
13073 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
13074 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
13076 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
13078 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
13080 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
13082 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
13084 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
13086 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
13087 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
13088 The alist key must be a regular expression.
13089 Valid forms include:
13090 (KEY) - just skip the key.
13091 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
13092 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
13093 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
13095 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
13096 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
13097 First list is used raw.
13098 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
13100 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
13101 for skipping in latex mode.")
13103 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
13104 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
13105 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
13106 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
13107 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^
13108 >]\").")
13109 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
13111 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
13112 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
13113 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
13114 in a window allowing you to choose one.
13116 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
13117 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
13118 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
13119 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
13120 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
13122 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
13123 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
13125 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
13127 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
13128 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
13130 return values:
13131 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
13132 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
13133 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
13134 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
13135 quit spell session exited.
13137 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
13139 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
13140 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
13141 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
13143 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
13145 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
13146 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
13148 Selections are:
13150 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
13151 SPC: Accept word this time.
13152 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
13153 `a': Accept word for this session.
13154 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
13155 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
13156 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
13157 `?': Show these commands.
13158 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
13159 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
13160 the aborted check to be completed later.
13161 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
13162 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
13163 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
13164 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
13165 `C-l': redraws screen
13166 `C-r': recursive edit
13167 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
13169 \(fn)" nil nil)
13171 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
13172 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
13173 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
13175 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
13177 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
13178 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
13179 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
13181 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
13183 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13185 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13187 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13188 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13189 Return nil if spell session is quit,
13190 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13192 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13194 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13195 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13197 \(fn)" t nil)
13199 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13200 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13202 \(fn)" t nil)
13204 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13205 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13207 \(fn)" t nil)
13209 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13210 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13211 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13212 sequence inside of a word.
13214 Standard ispell choices are then available.
13216 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13218 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13219 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13221 \(fn)" t nil)
13223 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13224 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13225 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13226 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13228 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13229 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13230 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13231 available on the net.
13233 \(fn)" t nil)
13235 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13236 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13237 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13239 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13240 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13242 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13243 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13247 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13248 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13249 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13250 Don't check included messages.
13252 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13253 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13254 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13256 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13257 in your .emacs file:
13258 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13259 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13260 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13261 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13263 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13264 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13265 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13267 \(fn)" t nil)
13269 ;;;***
13271 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13272 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13273 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16211 27017))
13274 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13276 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13277 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13278 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13279 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13280 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13281 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13283 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13285 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13286 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13287 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13288 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13290 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13292 \(fn)" t nil)
13294 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13295 Switch to another buffer.
13297 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13298 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13299 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13300 in another frame.
13301 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13303 \(fn)" t nil)
13305 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13306 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13307 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13308 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13310 \(fn)" t nil)
13312 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13313 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13314 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13315 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13317 \(fn)" t nil)
13319 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13320 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13321 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13322 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13324 \(fn)" t nil)
13326 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13327 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13328 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13330 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13332 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13334 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13335 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13336 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13337 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13338 `iswitchb' for details.
13340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13342 ;;;***
13344 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13345 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13346 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13347 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16211 27033))
13348 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13350 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13351 Not documented
13353 \(fn)" nil nil)
13355 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13356 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13357 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13358 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13359 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13360 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13361 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13362 necessary to represent OBJ.
13364 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13366 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13367 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13368 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13369 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13371 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13373 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13374 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13375 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13376 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13377 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13379 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13381 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13382 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13383 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13384 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13386 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13388 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13389 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13390 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13391 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13393 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13395 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13396 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13398 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13400 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13401 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13402 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13403 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13404 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13406 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13408 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13409 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13410 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13411 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13412 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13414 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13416 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13417 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13418 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13420 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13422 ;;;***
13424 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (16211
13425 ;;;;;; 27017))
13426 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13428 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13429 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13430 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13431 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13432 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13434 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13436 ;;;***
13438 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13439 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16211 27017))
13440 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13442 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13443 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13444 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13445 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13446 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13448 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13450 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13451 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13452 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13453 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13457 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13458 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13460 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13462 ;;;***
13464 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13465 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13466 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
13467 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13469 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13470 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13471 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13472 decimal key must be specified.")
13474 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13476 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13477 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13478 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13479 decimal key must be specified.")
13481 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13483 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13484 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13485 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13486 decimal key must be specified.")
13488 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13490 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13491 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13492 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13493 decimal key must be specified.")
13495 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13497 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13498 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13499 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13500 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13501 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13502 keys are bound.
13504 Setup Binding
13505 -------------------------------------------------------------
13506 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13507 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13508 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13509 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13510 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13511 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13512 in the global and local keymaps.
13514 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13515 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13517 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13519 ;;;***
13521 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13522 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
13523 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13525 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13526 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13527 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13529 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13530 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13531 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13532 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13533 shorter.
13535 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13536 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13537 the context of text formatting.
13539 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13541 ;;;***
13543 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16211
13544 ;;;;;; 27032))
13545 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13547 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13548 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13549 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13550 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13551 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13552 positions that contains the current selection.")
13554 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13555 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13556 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13557 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13558 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13559 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13560 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13562 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13564 ;;;***
13566 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13567 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13568 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13569 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16211 27017))
13570 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13571 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13572 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13573 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13574 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13575 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13576 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13577 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13579 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13580 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13581 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13582 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13583 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13584 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13585 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13587 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13588 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13589 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13591 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13592 defining the macro.
13594 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13595 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13596 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13598 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13600 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13601 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13602 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13603 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13604 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13605 under that name.
13607 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13608 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13609 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13611 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13613 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13614 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13615 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13617 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13618 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13619 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13620 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13622 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13623 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13625 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13627 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13628 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13629 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13631 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13632 macro.
13634 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13635 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13637 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13638 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13639 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13641 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13642 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13644 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13646 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13647 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13648 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13649 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13651 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13653 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13654 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13655 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13656 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13658 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13659 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13661 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13663 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13664 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13665 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13667 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13669 ;;;***
13671 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
13672 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
13673 ;;;;;; (16303 32088))
13674 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
13676 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
13678 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
13679 Not documented
13681 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13683 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
13684 Not documented
13686 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
13688 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
13689 Not documented
13691 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13693 ;;;***
13695 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13696 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16211 27033))
13697 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13699 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13700 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13701 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13703 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13704 Not documented
13706 \(fn)" nil nil)
13708 ;;;***
13710 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13711 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
13712 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13714 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13716 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13717 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13719 \(fn)" t nil)
13721 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13723 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13724 Start or resume an Lm game.
13725 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13726 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13728 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13729 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13730 none / 1 | yes | no
13731 2 | yes | yes
13732 3 | no | yes
13733 4 | no | no
13735 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13736 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13737 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13739 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13741 ;;;***
13743 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13744 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13745 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16211
13746 ;;;;;; 27033))
13747 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13749 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13750 Not documented
13752 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13754 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13755 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13756 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13757 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13758 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13759 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13761 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13762 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13764 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13766 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13767 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13769 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13771 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13772 Not documented
13774 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13776 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13777 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13778 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13779 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13780 to compose.
13782 The return value is number of composed characters.
13784 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13786 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13787 Not documented
13789 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13791 ;;;***
13793 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13794 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (16313 5697))
13795 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13797 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13798 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13799 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13800 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13801 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13802 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13803 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13804 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13806 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13807 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13810 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
13812 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13814 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13815 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13816 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13817 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13818 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13819 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13820 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13821 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13823 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13825 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13826 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13827 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
13828 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13831 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
13833 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13835 ;;;***
13837 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13838 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (16211 27017))
13839 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13841 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13842 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13843 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13844 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13846 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13848 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13849 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13850 JIT Lock's favor.
13852 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13854 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13855 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13856 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13857 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13858 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13859 for large buffers.
13861 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13862 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13863 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13864 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13865 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13867 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13868 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13869 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13870 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13871 slow to keep up with your typing.
13873 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13874 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13875 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13876 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13877 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13878 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13880 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13881 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13882 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13883 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13885 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13886 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13887 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13888 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13890 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13891 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13892 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13893 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13894 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13898 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13899 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13901 \(fn)" nil nil)
13903 ;;;***
13905 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
13906 ;;;;;; (16238 60560))
13907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
13909 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
13911 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
13912 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
13914 \(fn)" t nil)
13916 ;;;***
13918 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13919 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
13920 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13922 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13923 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13925 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13926 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13928 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13929 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13931 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13932 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13933 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13934 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13935 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13936 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13937 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13938 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13939 and transmit saved text.
13940 \\{ledit-mode-map}
13941 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13942 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13944 \(fn)" t nil)
13946 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13947 Not documented
13949 \(fn)" nil nil)
13951 ;;;***
13953 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (16211 27038))
13954 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13956 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13957 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13958 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13959 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13960 generations (this defaults to 1).
13962 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13964 ;;;***
13966 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (16256
13967 ;;;;;; 53161))
13968 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13970 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13971 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13972 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13973 is nil, raise an error.
13975 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13977 ;;;***
13979 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13980 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
13981 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13983 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13984 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13985 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13987 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13989 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13990 Run the locate command with a filter.
13992 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13993 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13995 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13997 ;;;***
13999 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16258 10857))
14000 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
14002 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
14003 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
14004 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
14005 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
14006 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
14007 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
14008 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
14009 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
14010 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
14011 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
14012 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
14013 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
14014 uses the current buffer.
14016 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
14018 ;;;***
14020 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16211
14021 ;;;;;; 27017))
14022 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
14024 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
14025 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
14027 \(fn)" t nil)
14029 ;;;***
14031 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
14032 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16211
14033 ;;;;;; 27017))
14034 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
14036 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
14038 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
14040 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
14041 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
14042 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
14044 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
14045 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
14047 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
14048 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
14049 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
14050 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
14051 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
14052 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
14053 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
14055 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
14057 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
14058 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
14059 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
14060 switch on this list.
14061 See `lpr-command'.")
14063 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
14065 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
14066 *Name of program for printing a file.
14068 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
14069 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
14070 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
14071 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
14072 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
14073 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
14074 argument.")
14076 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
14078 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
14079 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
14080 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14081 for customization of the printer command.
14083 \(fn)" t nil)
14085 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
14086 Paginate and print buffer contents.
14088 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14089 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14090 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14091 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14093 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14094 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14096 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14097 for further customization of the printer command.
14099 \(fn)" t nil)
14101 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
14102 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
14103 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14104 for customization of the printer command.
14106 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14108 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
14109 Paginate and print the region contents.
14111 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14112 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14113 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14114 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14116 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14117 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14119 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14120 for further customization of the printer command.
14122 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14124 ;;;***
14126 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
14127 ;;;;;; (16277 42321))
14128 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
14130 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
14131 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
14132 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
14134 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
14136 ;;;***
14138 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16211
14139 ;;;;;; 27023))
14140 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
14142 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
14143 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
14144 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14146 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14150 ;;;***
14152 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (16211
14153 ;;;;;; 27039))
14154 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
14156 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
14157 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
14158 \\{m4-mode-map}
14160 \(fn)" t nil)
14162 ;;;***
14164 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
14165 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16211 27017))
14166 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
14168 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14169 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
14170 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
14171 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
14172 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
14174 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
14176 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14177 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
14178 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
14179 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
14181 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
14182 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
14183 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
14184 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
14185 bindings.
14187 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
14188 use this command, and then save the file.
14190 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
14192 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
14193 Query user during kbd macro execution.
14194 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
14195 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
14196 each time the macro executes.
14197 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
14198 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
14199 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
14200 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
14201 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
14202 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
14203 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
14205 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
14207 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
14208 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
14209 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
14211 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
14212 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
14213 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
14214 execute.
14216 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
14217 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
14219 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
14220 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
14221 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
14222 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
14223 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
14225 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
14226 looked like this:
14228 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
14229 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
14230 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
14232 You could enter the names in this format:
14238 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14240 \\C-x (
14241 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14242 \\C-x )
14244 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14245 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14247 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14248 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14250 ;;;***
14252 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14253 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16281 48394))
14254 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14256 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14257 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14258 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14259 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14260 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14262 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14263 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14264 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14265 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14266 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14268 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14269 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14270 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14271 consing a string.)
14273 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14275 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14276 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14278 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14280 ;;;***
14282 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14283 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14284 ;;;;;; (16211 27033))
14285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14287 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14288 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14290 \(fn)" nil nil)
14292 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14293 Not documented
14295 \(fn)" nil nil)
14297 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14298 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14300 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14302 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14303 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14304 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14305 message.
14307 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14309 \(fn)" nil nil)
14311 ;;;***
14313 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14314 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14315 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (16211
14316 ;;;;;; 27033))
14317 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14319 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14320 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14321 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14322 often correct parser.")
14324 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14326 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14327 Not documented
14329 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14331 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14332 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14333 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14334 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14336 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14338 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14339 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14340 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14341 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14343 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14345 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14346 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14347 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14348 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14350 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
14352 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14353 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14354 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14355 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14356 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14357 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14359 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14361 ;;;***
14363 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14364 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (16249 31429))
14365 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14367 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14368 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14370 \(fn)" nil nil)
14372 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14373 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14374 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14376 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14378 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14379 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14380 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14382 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14384 ;;;***
14386 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14387 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16211
14388 ;;;;;; 27034))
14389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14391 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14392 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14393 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14394 king@grassland.com
14395 If `parens', they look like:
14396 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14397 If `angles', they look like:
14398 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14400 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14402 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14403 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14404 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14405 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14406 their `Resent-' variants.
14408 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14409 removed from alias expansions.
14411 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14413 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14414 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14415 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14417 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14418 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14419 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14420 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14422 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14424 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14425 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14426 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14427 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14429 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14431 ;;;***
14433 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14434 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
14435 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14437 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14438 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14439 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14441 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14443 In the browser, use the following keys:
14445 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14447 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14449 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14450 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14452 `makefile-target-colon':
14453 The string that gets appended to all target names
14454 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14455 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14457 `makefile-macro-assign':
14458 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14459 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14460 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14461 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14462 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14463 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14465 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14466 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14467 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14469 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14470 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14472 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14473 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14474 up or down in the browser.
14476 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14477 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14479 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14480 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14482 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14483 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14484 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14485 has been selected in the browser.
14487 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14488 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14489 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14490 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14491 filenames are omitted.
14493 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14494 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14495 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14496 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14497 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14498 the backslash itself intact.
14499 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14500 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14502 `makefile-browser-hook':
14503 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14504 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14506 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14507 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14508 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14509 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14511 \(fn)" t nil)
14513 ;;;***
14515 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (16211
14516 ;;;;;; 27017))
14517 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14519 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14520 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14521 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14523 \(fn)" t nil)
14525 ;;;***
14527 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16246 39964))
14528 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14530 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14532 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14533 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14534 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14535 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14536 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14537 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14538 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14540 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14541 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14542 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14543 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14545 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14547 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14548 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14550 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14552 ;;;***
14554 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (16211 27017))
14555 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14557 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14558 Toggle Master mode.
14559 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14560 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14561 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14563 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14564 following commands:
14566 \\{master-mode-map}
14568 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14569 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14570 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14574 ;;;***
14576 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16211
14577 ;;;;;; 37994))
14578 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14580 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14582 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14583 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14584 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14586 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14588 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14590 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14591 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14592 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14593 created in the future.
14594 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14595 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14599 ;;;***
14601 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14602 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14603 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14604 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14605 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14606 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14607 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14608 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14609 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14610 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16211 27028))
14611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14613 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14614 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14616 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14617 king@grassland.com
14618 If `parens', they look like:
14619 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14620 If `angles', they look like:
14621 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14623 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14624 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14626 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14628 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14629 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14631 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14633 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14634 *Local news organization file.")
14636 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14638 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14639 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14640 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14641 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14643 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14644 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14645 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14647 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14649 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14651 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14652 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14654 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14656 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14657 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14659 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14661 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14662 *Function for citing an original message.
14663 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14664 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14665 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14667 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14669 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14670 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14671 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14672 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14673 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14675 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14677 (defvar message-signature t "\
14678 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14679 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14680 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14681 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14683 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14685 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14686 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14687 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14688 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14690 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14692 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14694 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14695 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14696 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14697 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14698 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14699 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14700 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14701 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14702 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14703 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14704 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14705 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14706 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14707 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14708 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14709 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14710 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14711 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14712 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14713 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14714 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14715 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14716 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14717 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14718 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14720 \(fn)" t nil)
14722 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14723 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14724 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14726 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14728 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14729 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14731 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14733 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14734 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14736 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14738 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14739 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14741 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14743 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14744 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14745 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14747 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14749 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14750 Cancel an article you posted.
14751 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14755 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14756 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14757 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14758 header line with the old Message-ID.
14760 \(fn)" t nil)
14762 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14763 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14765 \(fn)" t nil)
14767 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14768 Forward the current message via mail.
14769 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14770 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14772 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14774 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14775 Not documented
14777 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14779 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14780 Not documented
14782 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14784 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14785 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14787 \(fn)" t nil)
14789 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14790 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14792 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14794 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14795 Re-mail the current message.
14796 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14797 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14798 you.
14800 \(fn)" t nil)
14802 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14803 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14805 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14807 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14808 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14810 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14812 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14813 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14815 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14817 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14818 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14820 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14822 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14823 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14824 Works by overstriking characters.
14825 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14826 which specify the range to operate on.
14828 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14830 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14831 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14832 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14833 which specify the range to operate on.
14835 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14837 ;;;***
14839 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14840 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
14841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14843 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14844 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14845 Special commands:
14846 \\{meta-mode-map}
14848 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14849 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14851 \(fn)" t nil)
14853 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14854 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14855 Special commands:
14856 \\{meta-mode-map}
14858 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14859 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14861 \(fn)" t nil)
14863 ;;;***
14865 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14866 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14867 ;;;;;; (16211 27034))
14868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14870 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14871 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14872 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14874 \(fn)" t nil)
14876 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14877 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14878 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14879 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14880 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14881 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14882 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14884 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14886 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14887 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14888 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14889 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14890 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14891 means current).
14892 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14893 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14895 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14897 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14898 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14899 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14900 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14901 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14902 means current).
14903 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14904 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14906 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14908 ;;;***
14910 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14911 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16211
14912 ;;;;;; 27036))
14913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14915 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14916 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14917 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14918 to the MH mail system.
14920 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14922 \(fn)" t nil)
14924 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14925 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14926 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14927 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14928 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14929 that want to create a mail buffer.
14930 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14931 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14932 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14934 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14936 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14937 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14938 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14940 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14941 initial Subject field, respectively.
14943 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14944 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14945 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14947 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14949 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14951 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14952 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14953 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14954 to the MH mail system.
14956 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14958 \(fn)" t nil)
14960 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14961 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14963 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14964 using the MH mail handling system.
14966 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14967 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14968 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14969 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14970 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14971 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14972 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14974 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14975 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14977 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14978 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14980 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
14982 \(fn)" t nil)
14983 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
14985 ;;;***
14987 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14988 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
14989 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14991 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14992 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14993 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14994 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14998 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14999 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
15000 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
15001 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
15003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15005 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
15006 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
15008 \(fn)" t nil)
15010 ;;;***
15012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16211 27037))
15013 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
15015 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15017 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15019 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15021 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15023 ;;;***
15025 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
15026 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (16211 27017))
15027 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
15029 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
15030 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
15031 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
15032 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
15033 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
15034 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
15035 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
15036 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
15037 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
15038 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
15039 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
15041 \(fn)" t nil)
15043 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
15044 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
15045 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
15046 to its second argument TM.
15048 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
15050 ;;;***
15052 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
15053 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (16211 27017))
15054 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
15056 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
15057 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
15058 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15060 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
15062 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
15064 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
15065 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
15066 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
15067 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
15068 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
15069 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
15070 default indication.
15072 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15073 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15077 ;;;***
15079 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
15080 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
15081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
15083 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
15084 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
15085 \\{mixal-mode-map}
15087 \(fn)" t nil)
15089 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
15091 ;;;***
15093 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
15094 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
15095 ;;;;;; (16232 560))
15096 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
15098 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
15099 Not documented
15101 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15103 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
15104 Not documented
15106 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15108 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
15109 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
15110 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
15111 PATTERN regexp.
15113 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15115 ;;;***
15117 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
15118 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
15121 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
15122 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
15123 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
15124 the entire message.
15125 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
15127 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
15129 ;;;***
15131 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
15132 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
15135 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
15136 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
15138 \(fn)" nil nil)
15140 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
15141 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
15143 \(fn)" nil nil)
15145 ;;;***
15147 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
15148 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
15149 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
15151 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
15152 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
15153 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
15154 followed by the first character of the construct.
15155 \\<m2-mode-map>
15156 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
15157 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
15158 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
15159 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
15160 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
15161 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
15162 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
15163 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
15164 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
15165 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
15166 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
15167 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
15168 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
15169 \\[m2-link] link
15171 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
15172 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
15173 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
15175 \(fn)" t nil)
15177 ;;;***
15179 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
15180 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
15181 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
15183 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
15184 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
15186 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15188 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
15189 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
15191 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15193 ;;;***
15195 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16211
15196 ;;;;;; 27017))
15197 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
15199 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
15200 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
15201 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15203 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
15205 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
15207 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
15208 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
15209 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15210 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
15212 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
15214 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
15216 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
15218 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
15219 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
15220 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
15221 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
15222 Triple-clicking selects lines.
15223 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
15225 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
15226 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
15227 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
15228 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
15229 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
15231 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
15232 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
15234 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
15235 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
15237 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
15239 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
15240 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
15241 primary selection and region.
15243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15245 ;;;***
15247 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16211 27038))
15248 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
15250 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
15251 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
15253 \(fn)" t nil)
15255 ;;;***
15257 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (16211 27017))
15258 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
15260 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
15261 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
15262 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15264 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
15266 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
15268 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
15269 Toggle Msb mode.
15270 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
15271 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
15272 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
15274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15276 ;;;***
15278 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
15279 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
15280 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
15281 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
15282 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
15283 ;;;;;; (16259 31301))
15284 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
15286 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
15287 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
15288 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
15289 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
15290 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
15291 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
15292 set of ISO charsets.
15294 Each element has the following format:
15295 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
15297 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
15299 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
15300 CHARSET are mapped.
15302 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
15303 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
15304 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
15305 character code in CHARSET.
15307 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
15308 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
15309 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
15311 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
15312 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
15313 TO2, or...
15314 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
15315 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
15317 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
15318 Display a list of all character sets.
15320 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
15321 internal Emacs use.
15323 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
15324 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
15325 hexadecimal digits.
15326 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
15327 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
15329 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
15330 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
15331 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
15332 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
15334 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15335 but still shows the full information.
15337 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15339 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15340 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15341 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
15342 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
15343 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15345 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15346 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15347 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15348 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15349 detailed meanings of these arguments.
15351 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15353 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15354 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
15355 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
15356 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
15357 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15359 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15361 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15362 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15364 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15366 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15367 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15369 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15371 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15372 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15374 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15375 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15376 in place of `..':
15377 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15378 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15379 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15380 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15381 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15382 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15383 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15384 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15385 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15386 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15387 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15388 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15389 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15390 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15391 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15392 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15394 \(fn)" t nil)
15396 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15397 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15399 \(fn)" t nil)
15401 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15402 Display a list of all coding systems.
15403 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15405 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15406 but still contains full information about each coding system.
15408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15410 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15411 Display a list of all coding categories.
15413 \(fn)" nil nil)
15415 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15416 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15418 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15420 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15421 Display information about FONTSET.
15422 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15424 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15426 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15427 Display a list of all fontsets.
15428 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15429 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15430 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15432 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15434 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15435 Display information about all input methods.
15437 \(fn)" t nil)
15439 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15440 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15442 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15443 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15444 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15445 system which uses fontsets).
15447 \(fn)" t nil)
15449 ;;;***
15451 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
15452 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15453 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15454 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15455 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15456 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (16211 37839))
15457 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15459 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15460 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15461 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15463 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15465 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15467 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15468 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15470 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15471 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15473 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15474 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15476 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15478 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15479 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15480 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15481 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15482 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15483 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15484 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15486 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15487 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15488 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15489 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15490 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15491 middle of a character in STR.
15493 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15494 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15496 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15497 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15498 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15499 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15500 defaults to \"...\".
15502 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15504 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15506 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15508 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15509 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15511 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15512 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15513 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15515 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15516 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15517 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15519 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15520 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15521 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15522 is considered.
15523 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15524 longer than KEYSEQ.
15525 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15527 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15529 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15530 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15531 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15532 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15533 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15534 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15535 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15536 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15537 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15538 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15539 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15541 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15543 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15544 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15546 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15548 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15549 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15551 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15553 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15554 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
15556 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15558 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15559 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
15561 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15563 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15564 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15565 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15566 or one is an alias of the other.
15568 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15570 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15571 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15572 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15573 coding systems ordered by priority.
15575 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15577 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15578 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15579 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15580 language environment LANG-ENV.
15582 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15584 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
15585 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
15586 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
15587 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
15588 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
15589 basis, this may not be accurate.
15591 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15593 ;;;***
15595 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15596 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
15597 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15599 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15600 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15601 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15602 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15603 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15605 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15607 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15608 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15609 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15610 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15614 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15615 Enable mouse wheel support.
15617 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15619 ;;;***
15621 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15622 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15623 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15624 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16211 27037))
15625 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15627 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15628 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15630 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15632 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15633 Ping HOST.
15634 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15635 `ping-program-options'.
15637 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15639 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15640 Run ipconfig program.
15642 \(fn)" t nil)
15644 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15646 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15647 Run netstat program.
15649 \(fn)" t nil)
15651 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15652 Run the arp program.
15654 \(fn)" t nil)
15656 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15657 Run the route program.
15659 \(fn)" t nil)
15661 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15662 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15664 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15666 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15667 Run nslookup program.
15669 \(fn)" t nil)
15671 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15672 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15674 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15676 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15677 Run dig program.
15679 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15681 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15682 Run ftp program.
15684 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15686 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15687 Finger USER on HOST.
15689 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15691 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15692 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15693 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15694 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15696 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15698 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15699 Not documented
15701 \(fn)" t nil)
15703 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15704 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15706 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15708 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15709 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15711 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15713 ;;;***
15715 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15716 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15717 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15718 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15719 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16281 48394))
15720 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15722 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15724 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15726 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15728 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15730 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15731 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15732 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15733 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15734 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15735 Major modes should set this variable.")
15737 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15738 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15739 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15740 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15741 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15742 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15744 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15746 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15747 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15749 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15750 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15751 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15752 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15754 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15755 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15757 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15758 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15759 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15761 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15762 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15763 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15764 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15765 column indentation or nil.
15766 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15768 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15769 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15770 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15772 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15774 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15775 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15776 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15777 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15779 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15780 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15782 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15784 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15785 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15786 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15788 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15790 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15791 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15792 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15793 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15794 the variables are properly set.
15796 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15798 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15799 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15801 \(fn)" nil nil)
15803 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15804 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15805 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15807 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15809 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15810 Set the comment column based on point.
15811 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15812 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15813 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15814 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15816 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15818 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15819 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15820 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15822 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15824 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15825 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15826 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15827 comment markers.
15829 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15831 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15832 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15833 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15834 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15835 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15836 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15837 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15838 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15840 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15841 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15843 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15845 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15846 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15847 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15848 is passed on to the respective function.
15850 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15852 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15853 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15854 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15855 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15856 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15857 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15858 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15859 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15861 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15863 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15864 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15865 This indents the body of the continued comment
15866 under the previous comment line.
15868 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15869 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15870 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15872 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15873 or comment indentation.
15875 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15876 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15878 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15880 ;;;***
15882 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (16211
15883 ;;;;;; 27028))
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15886 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15887 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15888 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15889 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15890 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15891 symbol in the alist.
15893 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15895 ;;;***
15897 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15898 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15901 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15902 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15903 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15905 \(fn)" t nil)
15907 ;;;***
15909 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15910 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15913 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15914 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15915 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15917 \(fn)" t nil)
15919 ;;;***
15921 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15922 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15925 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15926 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15928 \(fn)" t nil)
15930 ;;;***
15932 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15933 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (16211 27029))
15934 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15936 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15937 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15939 \(fn)" t nil)
15941 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15942 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15944 \(fn)" t nil)
15946 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15947 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15949 \(fn)" t nil)
15951 ;;;***
15953 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15954 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (16211 27017))
15955 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15957 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15958 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15959 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15961 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15962 Not documented
15964 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15966 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15967 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15968 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15969 to future sessions.
15971 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15973 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15974 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15975 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15976 to future sessions.
15978 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15980 ;;;***
15982 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15983 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
15984 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15986 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15987 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15988 \\{nroff-mode-map}
15989 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15990 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15991 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
15993 \(fn)" t nil)
15995 ;;;***
15997 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15998 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
15999 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
16001 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
16002 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
16003 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
16004 specified by `octave-help-files'.
16005 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
16007 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
16009 ;;;***
16011 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
16012 ;;;;;; (16288 23099))
16013 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
16015 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
16016 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
16017 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
16019 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
16021 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
16022 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
16024 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
16025 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
16026 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
16028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16030 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
16032 ;;;***
16034 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
16035 ;;;;;; (16281 48394))
16036 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
16038 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
16039 Major mode for editing Octave code.
16041 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
16042 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
16043 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
16044 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
16046 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
16047 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
16048 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
16049 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
16050 is why you need this mode!).
16052 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
16053 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
16054 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
16056 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
16058 Keybindings
16059 ===========
16061 \\{octave-mode-map}
16063 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
16064 ==============================================
16066 octave-auto-indent
16067 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
16068 Default is nil.
16070 octave-auto-newline
16071 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
16072 Default is nil.
16074 octave-blink-matching-block
16075 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
16076 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
16078 octave-block-offset
16079 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
16080 Default is 2.
16082 octave-continuation-offset
16083 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
16084 Default is 4.
16086 octave-continuation-string
16087 String used for Octave continuation lines.
16088 Default is a backslash.
16090 octave-mode-startup-message
16091 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
16092 Default is t.
16094 octave-send-echo-input
16095 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
16096 command to the inferior Octave process.
16098 octave-send-line-auto-forward
16099 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
16100 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
16102 octave-send-echo-input
16103 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
16105 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
16107 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
16108 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
16110 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
16111 (setq auto-mode-alist
16112 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
16114 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
16115 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
16117 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
16118 (lambda ()
16119 (abbrev-mode 1)
16120 (auto-fill-mode 1)
16121 (if (eq window-system 'x)
16122 (font-lock-mode 1))))
16124 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
16125 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
16126 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
16127 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
16129 \(fn)" t nil)
16131 ;;;***
16133 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
16134 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
16135 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
16137 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
16138 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
16139 It is now better to use Customize instead.
16141 \(fn)" t nil)
16143 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
16144 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
16145 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
16146 in which there are commands to set the option values.
16147 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
16149 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
16151 \(fn)" t nil)
16153 ;;;***
16155 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
16156 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
16157 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
16159 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
16160 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
16161 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
16162 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
16164 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
16165 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
16166 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
16167 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
16169 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
16170 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
16171 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
16172 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
16173 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
16174 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
16176 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
16177 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
16178 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
16180 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
16181 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
16182 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
16183 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
16184 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
16185 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
16186 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
16187 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
16188 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
16189 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
16190 The subheadings remain visible.
16191 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
16193 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
16194 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
16195 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
16197 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
16198 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
16200 \(fn)" t nil)
16202 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
16203 Toggle Outline minor mode.
16204 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16205 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
16207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16209 ;;;***
16211 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (16211 27017))
16212 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
16214 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
16215 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
16216 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16217 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16218 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
16220 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
16222 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
16223 Toggle Show Paren mode.
16224 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16225 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
16227 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
16228 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
16230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16232 ;;;***
16234 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
16235 ;;;;;; (16243 59668))
16236 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
16238 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
16239 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
16240 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
16241 unknown are returned as nil.
16243 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16245 ;;;***
16247 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (16211
16248 ;;;;;; 27039))
16249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
16251 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
16252 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
16253 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16255 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
16256 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
16258 Other useful functions are:
16260 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
16261 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
16262 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
16263 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
16264 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
16265 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
16266 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
16267 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
16268 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
16270 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
16272 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
16273 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
16274 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
16275 Indentation for case statements.
16276 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
16277 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
16278 mark after an end.
16279 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
16280 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
16281 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
16282 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
16283 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16284 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
16285 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
16286 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
16287 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
16288 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
16290 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
16291 pascal-separator-keywords.
16293 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
16294 no args, if that value is non-nil.
16296 \(fn)" t nil)
16298 ;;;***
16300 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
16301 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
16302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
16304 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
16305 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
16306 The keys affected are:
16307 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
16308 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
16309 M-Backspace does undo.
16310 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
16311 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
16312 C-Escape does list-buffers.
16314 \(fn)" t nil)
16316 ;;;***
16318 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
16319 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (16211 27026))
16320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
16322 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16323 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
16324 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16325 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16326 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
16328 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16330 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
16331 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
16333 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16335 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
16336 which modify the status of the mark.
16338 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
16339 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
16341 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
16342 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
16344 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
16345 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
16346 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
16347 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
16348 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
16350 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
16351 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
16353 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
16354 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
16355 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
16357 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
16358 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
16359 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
16361 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
16362 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
16364 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
16365 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
16366 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
16368 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
16369 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
16370 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
16372 F6 other-window
16373 DELETE delete-char
16374 C-DELETE kill-line
16375 M-DELETE kill-word
16376 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
16377 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
16378 M-BACKSPACE undo
16380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16382 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16383 Toggle PC Selection mode.
16384 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16385 and cursor movement commands.
16386 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16387 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16389 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16391 ;;;***
16393 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (16211
16394 ;;;;;; 27017))
16395 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16397 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16398 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16400 \(fn)" nil nil)
16402 ;;;***
16404 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16405 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (16211 27017))
16406 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16408 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16409 Completion for `gzip'.
16411 \(fn)" nil nil)
16413 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16414 Completion for `bzip2'.
16416 \(fn)" nil nil)
16418 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16419 Completion for GNU `make'.
16421 \(fn)" nil nil)
16423 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16424 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16426 \(fn)" nil nil)
16428 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16430 ;;;***
16432 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16433 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (16211 27017))
16434 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16436 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16437 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16439 \(fn)" nil nil)
16441 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16442 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16444 \(fn)" nil nil)
16446 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16447 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16449 \(fn)" nil nil)
16451 ;;;***
16453 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (16211
16454 ;;;;;; 27017))
16455 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16457 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16458 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16459 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16460 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16461 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16462 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16464 \(fn)" nil nil)
16466 ;;;***
16468 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16469 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16470 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (16211 27017))
16471 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16473 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16474 Completion for `cd'.
16476 \(fn)" nil nil)
16478 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16480 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16481 Completion for `rmdir'.
16483 \(fn)" nil nil)
16485 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16486 Completion for `rm'.
16488 \(fn)" nil nil)
16490 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16491 Completion for `xargs'.
16493 \(fn)" nil nil)
16495 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16497 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16498 Completion for `which'.
16500 \(fn)" nil nil)
16502 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16503 Completion for the `chown' command.
16505 \(fn)" nil nil)
16507 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16508 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16510 \(fn)" nil nil)
16512 ;;;***
16514 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16515 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16516 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (16211
16517 ;;;;;; 27017))
16518 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16520 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16521 Support extensible programmable completion.
16522 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16523 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16525 \(fn)" t nil)
16527 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16528 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16530 \(fn)" t nil)
16532 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16533 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16534 This will modify the current buffer.
16536 \(fn)" t nil)
16538 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16539 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16541 \(fn)" t nil)
16543 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16544 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16545 This will modify the current buffer.
16547 \(fn)" t nil)
16549 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16550 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16552 \(fn)" t nil)
16554 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16555 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16557 \(fn)" t nil)
16559 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16560 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16561 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16562 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16563 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16565 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16567 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16568 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16570 \(fn)" nil nil)
16572 ;;;***
16574 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16575 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16576 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16248 17500))
16577 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16579 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16580 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16581 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16582 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16584 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16586 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16588 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16589 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16590 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16591 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16592 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16593 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16594 FLAGS is ignored.
16596 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16598 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16599 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16600 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16601 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16602 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16603 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16604 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16605 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16607 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16609 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16610 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16611 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16612 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16613 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16614 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16615 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16616 passed to cvs.
16618 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16620 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16621 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16622 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16623 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16624 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16625 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16626 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16628 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16630 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16632 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16633 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16634 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16636 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16638 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16639 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16640 nil means never do it.
16641 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16642 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16643 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16645 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16647 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16648 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16649 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16651 ;;;***
16653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16211 27018))
16654 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16656 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
16658 ;;;***
16660 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16661 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
16662 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16664 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16665 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16666 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16667 Tab indents for Perl code.
16668 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16669 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16670 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16671 \\{perl-mode-map}
16672 Variables controlling indentation style:
16673 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16674 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16675 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16676 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16677 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16678 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16679 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16680 `perl-nochange'
16681 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16682 `perl-indent-level'
16683 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16684 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16685 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16686 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16687 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16688 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16689 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16690 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16691 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16692 `perl-brace-offset'
16693 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16694 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16695 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16696 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16697 `perl-label-offset'
16698 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16699 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16700 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16702 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16703 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16704 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16705 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16706 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16707 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16708 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16710 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16712 \(fn)" t nil)
16714 ;;;***
16716 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16717 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
16718 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16720 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16721 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16722 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16723 afterwards settable by these commands:
16724 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16725 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16726 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16727 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16728 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16729 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16730 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16731 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16732 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16733 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16734 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16735 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16736 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16737 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16738 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16739 with these commands:
16740 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16741 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16742 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16743 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16744 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16745 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16746 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16747 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16748 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16749 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16750 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16751 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16752 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16753 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16754 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16755 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16756 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16757 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16758 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16759 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16760 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16761 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16762 text is saved in the kill ring.
16763 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16764 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16765 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16766 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16767 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16768 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16769 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16770 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16771 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16772 commands if invoked soon enough.
16773 You can return to the previous mode with:
16774 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16775 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16777 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16779 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16780 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16782 \(fn)" t nil)
16784 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16786 ;;;***
16788 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16789 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
16790 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16792 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16793 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16794 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16796 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16798 ;;;***
16800 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (16211 27038))
16801 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16803 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16804 Play pong and waste time.
16805 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16806 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16808 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16810 \\{pong-mode-map}
16812 \(fn)" t nil)
16814 ;;;***
16816 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16817 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (16211 27026))
16818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16820 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16821 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16822 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16823 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16825 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16827 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16828 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16829 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16830 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16831 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16833 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16835 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16836 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16837 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16838 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16839 in the variable `values'.
16841 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16843 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16844 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16845 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16846 Ignores leading comment characters.
16848 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16850 ;;;***
16852 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16853 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16854 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16855 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16856 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16857 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16858 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16859 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16860 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16861 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16862 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16863 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16864 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16865 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16866 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16867 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16868 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16869 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16870 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
16871 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16873 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16874 Activate the printing interface buffer.
16876 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing.
16878 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16880 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16882 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16883 Preview directory using ghostview.
16885 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16886 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16887 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16888 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16890 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16891 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16892 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16893 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16894 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16895 file name.
16897 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16899 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16901 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16902 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
16904 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16905 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16906 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16907 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16909 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16910 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16911 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16912 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16913 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16914 file name.
16916 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16918 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16920 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
16921 Print directory using PostScript printer.
16923 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16924 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16925 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16926 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16928 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16929 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16930 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16931 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16932 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16933 file name.
16935 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16937 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16939 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
16940 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16942 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16944 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16945 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16946 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16947 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16949 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16950 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16951 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16952 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16953 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16954 file name.
16956 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16958 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16960 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
16961 Preview buffer using ghostview.
16963 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16964 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16965 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16967 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16968 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
16969 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
16970 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16972 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16974 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16975 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
16977 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16978 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16979 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16981 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16982 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16983 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16984 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16986 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16988 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
16989 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
16991 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16992 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16993 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16995 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16996 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16997 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16998 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
17000 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17002 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
17003 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
17005 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
17007 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
17008 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
17009 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17011 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17012 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
17013 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
17014 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
17016 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17018 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
17019 Preview region using ghostview.
17021 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
17023 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17025 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17026 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
17028 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
17030 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17032 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
17033 Print region using PostScript printer.
17035 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
17037 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17039 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
17040 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
17042 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
17044 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17046 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
17047 Preview major mode using ghostview.
17049 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
17051 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17053 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17054 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
17056 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
17058 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17060 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
17061 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
17063 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
17065 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17067 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
17068 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
17070 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
17072 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17074 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
17075 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
17076 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17077 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17079 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17080 matching.
17082 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17083 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17085 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17087 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17089 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
17090 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
17091 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17092 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17094 \(fn)" t nil)
17096 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
17097 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
17098 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17099 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17101 \(fn)" t nil)
17103 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
17104 Print directory using text printer.
17106 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17107 matching.
17109 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17110 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17112 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17114 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17116 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
17117 Print buffer using text printer.
17119 \(fn)" t nil)
17121 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
17122 Print region using text printer.
17124 \(fn)" t nil)
17126 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
17127 Print major mode using text printer.
17129 \(fn)" t nil)
17131 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
17132 Preview spooled PostScript.
17134 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17135 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17136 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
17138 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17139 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
17140 PostScript image in a file with that name.
17142 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17144 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17145 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
17147 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17148 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17149 instead of sending it to the printer.
17151 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17152 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17153 image in a file with that name.
17155 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17157 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
17158 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17160 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17161 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17162 instead of sending it to the printer.
17164 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17165 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17166 image in a file with that name.
17168 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17170 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
17171 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17173 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17174 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17175 instead of sending it to the printer.
17177 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17178 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17179 image in a file with that name.
17181 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17183 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
17184 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17186 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17188 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
17189 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17191 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17193 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17194 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
17196 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17198 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
17199 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
17201 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17203 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
17204 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17206 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17208 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
17209 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
17211 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
17212 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17213 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
17214 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17216 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17217 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
17218 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
17219 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
17220 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
17221 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
17222 file name.
17224 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17226 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
17227 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
17229 \(fn)" t nil)
17231 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
17232 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
17234 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17235 right.
17236 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17237 bottom.
17239 \(fn)" t nil)
17241 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
17242 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
17244 \(fn)" t nil)
17246 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17247 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
17249 \(fn)" t nil)
17251 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
17252 Toggle printing with faces.
17254 \(fn)" t nil)
17256 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
17257 Toggle spooling.
17259 \(fn)" t nil)
17261 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
17262 Toggle duplex.
17264 \(fn)" t nil)
17266 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
17267 Toggle tumble.
17269 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17270 right.
17271 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17272 bottom.
17274 \(fn)" t nil)
17276 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
17277 Toggle landscape.
17279 \(fn)" t nil)
17281 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
17282 Toggle upside-down.
17284 \(fn)" t nil)
17286 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
17287 Toggle line number.
17289 \(fn)" t nil)
17291 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
17292 Toggle zebra stripes.
17294 \(fn)" t nil)
17296 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
17297 Toggle printing header.
17299 \(fn)" t nil)
17301 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
17302 Toggle printing header frame.
17304 \(fn)" t nil)
17306 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
17307 Toggle menu lock.
17309 \(fn)" t nil)
17311 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
17312 Toggle auto region.
17314 \(fn)" t nil)
17316 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
17317 Toggle auto mode.
17319 \(fn)" t nil)
17321 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
17322 Customization of `printing' group.
17324 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17326 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
17327 Customization of `lpr' group.
17329 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17331 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
17332 Help for printing package.
17334 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17336 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
17337 Select interactively a PostScript printer.
17339 \(fn)" t nil)
17341 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
17342 Select interactively a text printer.
17344 \(fn)" t nil)
17346 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
17347 Select interactively a PostScript utility.
17349 \(fn)" t nil)
17351 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
17352 Show current ps-print settings.
17354 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17356 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
17357 Show current printing settings.
17359 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17361 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
17362 Show current lpr settings.
17364 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17366 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17367 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
17369 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17370 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17371 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17372 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
17375 Interactively, you have the following situations:
17377 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17378 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
17379 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
17381 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17382 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17383 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
17384 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
17385 current active printer.
17387 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17388 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
17389 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17390 printer.
17392 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17393 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
17394 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
17395 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
17396 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17399 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
17400 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
17402 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
17404 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
17405 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
17406 be done using the new current active printer.
17408 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
17409 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17410 printer.
17412 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
17413 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
17414 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
17415 instead of sending it to the printer.
17417 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
17418 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17419 printer.
17421 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
17424 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17425 are both set to t.
17427 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17429 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17430 Fast fire function for text printing.
17432 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17433 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17434 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17435 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17437 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17438 user for a new active text printer.
17440 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17442 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17444 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17445 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17446 printer.
17448 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17450 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17451 are both set to t.
17453 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17455 ;;;***
17457 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17458 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
17459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17461 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17462 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17463 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17464 Commands:
17465 \\{prolog-mode-map}
17466 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17467 if that value is non-nil.
17469 \(fn)" t nil)
17471 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17472 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17474 \(fn)" t nil)
17476 ;;;***
17478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16211 27018))
17479 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17481 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17482 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17483 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17485 ;;;***
17487 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16211
17488 ;;;;;; 27039))
17489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17491 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
17492 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
17494 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
17496 The following variables hold user options, and can
17497 be set through the `customize' command:
17499 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
17500 `ps-mode-tab'
17501 `ps-mode-paper-size'
17502 `ps-mode-print-function'
17503 `ps-run-prompt'
17504 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
17505 `ps-run-x'
17506 `ps-run-dumb'
17507 `ps-run-init'
17508 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
17509 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
17511 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
17514 \\{ps-mode-map}
17517 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
17518 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
17519 The keymap for this second window is:
17521 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
17524 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
17525 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
17526 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
17527 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
17528 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
17530 \(fn)" t nil)
17532 ;;;***
17534 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
17535 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
17536 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
17537 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16211 27018))
17538 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17540 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17541 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17543 Valid values are:
17545 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17546 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17547 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17548 changed by setting the variable
17549 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17550 The initial value of this variable is
17551 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17552 documentation).
17554 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17555 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17556 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17557 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17558 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17559 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17560 test it.
17562 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17563 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17564 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17565 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17566 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17567 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17568 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17569 use this value, be sure to have installed
17570 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17571 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17572 documentation of this variable).
17574 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17575 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17576 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17577 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17578 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17579 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17581 Any other value is treated as nil.")
17583 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17585 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17586 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
17587 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
17589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17591 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17592 Not documented
17594 \(fn)" nil nil)
17596 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
17597 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
17599 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
17601 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17603 Returns the value:
17605 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17607 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17608 the sequence.
17610 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17612 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
17613 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
17615 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
17616 composition.
17618 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17620 Returns the value:
17622 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17624 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17625 the sequence.
17627 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17629 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17630 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17632 \(fn)" nil nil)
17634 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
17635 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
17636 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
17638 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
17640 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
17641 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
17643 \(fn)" nil nil)
17645 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17646 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17647 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17649 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17651 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
17652 Not documented
17654 \(fn)" nil nil)
17656 ;;;***
17658 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17659 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17660 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17661 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17662 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17663 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16211
17664 ;;;;;; 27018))
17665 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17667 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17668 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17669 See `ps-paper-type'.")
17671 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17673 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17674 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
17675 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17676 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17678 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17680 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17681 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17683 Valid values are:
17685 nil Do not print colors.
17687 t Print colors.
17689 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17690 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17692 Any other value is treated as t.")
17694 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17696 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17697 Customization of ps-print group.
17699 \(fn)" t nil)
17701 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17702 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17704 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17705 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17706 sending it to the printer.
17708 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17709 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17710 image in a file with that name.
17712 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17714 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17715 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17716 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17717 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17718 so it has a way to determine color values.
17720 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17722 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17723 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17724 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17726 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17728 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17729 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17730 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17731 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17732 so it has a way to determine color values.
17734 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17736 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17737 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17738 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17739 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17741 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17743 \(fn)" t nil)
17745 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17746 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17747 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17748 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17749 so it has a way to determine color values.
17751 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17753 \(fn)" t nil)
17755 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17756 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17757 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17759 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17761 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17763 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17764 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17765 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17766 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17767 so it has a way to determine color values.
17769 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17771 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17773 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17774 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17776 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17777 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17778 instead of sending it to the printer.
17780 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17781 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17782 image in a file with that name.
17784 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17786 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17787 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17788 Done using the current ps-print setup.
17789 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17790 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17792 \(fn)" t nil)
17794 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17795 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17796 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17798 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17800 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17801 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17802 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17804 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17806 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17807 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17809 \(fn)" nil nil)
17811 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17812 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17814 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17815 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17817 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17818 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17820 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17822 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17824 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17826 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17827 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17829 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17830 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17832 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17833 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17835 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17837 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17839 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17841 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17842 foreground and background colors respectively.
17844 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17845 bold - use bold font.
17846 italic - use italic font.
17847 underline - put a line under text.
17848 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17849 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17850 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17851 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17852 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17854 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17856 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17858 ;;;***
17860 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17861 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17862 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17863 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17864 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16303 32090))
17865 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17867 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17868 Return the title of the current Quail package.
17870 \(fn)" nil nil)
17872 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17873 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17874 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17876 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17877 `quail-activate', which see.
17879 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17881 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17882 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17883 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17884 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17885 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17886 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17887 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17889 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
17890 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
17891 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
17892 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
17893 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
17894 shown.
17895 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
17897 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
17898 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
17899 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
17900 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
17901 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
17902 list of candidates.
17904 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
17905 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
17906 command to be called.
17908 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
17909 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
17910 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
17911 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
17913 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
17914 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
17915 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
17916 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
17917 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
17918 to t.
17920 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
17921 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
17922 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
17923 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
17925 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
17926 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
17927 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
17928 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
17930 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
17931 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
17932 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
17933 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
17934 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
17935 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
17937 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
17938 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
17939 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
17940 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
17941 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
17942 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
17944 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
17945 covers Quail translation region.
17947 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
17948 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
17949 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
17950 for it) is inserted.
17952 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
17953 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
17954 vs. corresponding command to be called.
17956 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
17957 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
17958 non-Quail commands.
17960 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
17962 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17963 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
17965 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
17966 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
17967 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
17968 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
17969 you type is correctly handled.
17971 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
17973 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17974 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
17976 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
17977 keyboard type.
17979 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
17981 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
17982 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
17983 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
17984 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17985 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
17986 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17987 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17988 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17989 for the translation.
17990 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17992 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17993 it is used to handle KEY.
17995 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17996 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17997 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17998 the following annotation types are supported.
18000 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
18001 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
18003 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
18004 candidate list.
18006 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
18007 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
18008 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
18009 inserted.
18011 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
18012 generated for the following translations.
18014 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
18016 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
18017 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
18019 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
18020 which to install MAP.
18022 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
18024 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
18026 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
18027 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
18029 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
18030 which to install MAP.
18032 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
18034 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
18036 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
18037 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
18038 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
18039 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
18040 a function, or a cons.
18041 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
18042 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
18043 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
18044 for the translation.
18045 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
18046 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
18047 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
18048 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
18049 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
18051 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
18052 it is used to handle KEY.
18054 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
18055 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
18056 current Quail package.
18058 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
18059 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
18061 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
18063 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
18064 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
18066 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
18067 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
18069 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
18071 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
18072 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
18074 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
18076 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
18077 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
18078 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
18079 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
18080 of the Emacs source tree.
18082 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
18083 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
18085 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
18086 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
18087 of each directory.
18089 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
18091 ;;;***
18093 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
18094 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
18095 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (16211
18096 ;;;;;; 27037))
18097 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
18099 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
18100 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
18101 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
18102 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
18104 To make use of this do something like:
18106 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
18108 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
18110 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
18111 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
18113 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
18114 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18115 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18117 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18119 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
18120 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
18122 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18124 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
18125 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
18127 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
18128 is decided.
18130 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
18132 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
18133 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
18135 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
18136 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18137 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18139 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18141 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
18142 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
18144 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18146 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
18147 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
18149 \(fn)" t nil)
18151 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
18152 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
18154 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
18156 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
18158 \(fn)" t nil)
18160 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
18161 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
18163 \(fn)" t nil)
18165 ;;;***
18167 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (16211
18168 ;;;;;; 27037))
18169 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
18171 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
18172 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
18173 See \\[compile].
18175 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
18177 ;;;***
18179 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
18180 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
18181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
18183 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
18184 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
18186 \(fn)" t nil)
18188 ;;;***
18190 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16246 40636))
18191 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
18193 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
18194 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
18195 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18196 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18197 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
18199 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
18201 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
18202 Toggle recentf mode.
18203 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18204 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18206 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
18207 that were operated on recently.
18209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18211 ;;;***
18213 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
18214 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
18215 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
18216 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (16211
18217 ;;;;;; 27018))
18218 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
18220 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
18221 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
18222 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
18223 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
18225 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
18227 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
18229 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
18230 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
18231 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
18232 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
18233 ends.
18235 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18236 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
18237 to be deleted.
18239 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18241 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18242 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18243 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18245 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18246 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18247 deleted.
18249 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
18251 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18252 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18253 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18255 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
18257 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
18258 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
18260 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18261 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
18263 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18264 deleted.
18266 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18268 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
18269 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
18271 \(fn)" t nil)
18273 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18274 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
18275 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
18276 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
18277 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
18278 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
18279 and point is at the lower right corner.
18281 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
18283 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
18284 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18286 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
18287 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
18289 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18290 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
18291 on the right side of the rectangle.
18293 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18295 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
18297 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
18298 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
18299 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
18300 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
18301 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
18303 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18304 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
18306 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18308 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
18309 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
18310 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
18312 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
18314 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18316 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
18318 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18319 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18321 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18322 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
18323 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
18325 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18327 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
18328 Blank out the region-rectangle.
18329 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
18331 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18332 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
18333 rectangle which were empty.
18335 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18337 ;;;***
18339 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16211
18340 ;;;;;; 27044))
18341 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
18343 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
18344 Toggle Refill minor mode.
18345 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
18347 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
18348 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
18349 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
18351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18353 ;;;***
18355 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
18356 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16211 27044))
18357 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
18359 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
18360 Turn on RefTeX mode.
18362 \(fn)" nil nil)
18364 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
18365 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
18367 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
18368 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
18370 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
18371 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
18372 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
18373 \\ref macro.
18375 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
18376 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
18377 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
18379 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
18380 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
18381 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
18383 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
18384 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
18386 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
18387 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
18389 \\{reftex-mode-map}
18390 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
18391 on the menu bar.
18393 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18397 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
18398 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
18399 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
18401 \(fn)" nil nil)
18403 ;;;***
18405 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
18406 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
18407 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
18409 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
18410 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
18411 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
18412 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
18413 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
18414 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
18416 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
18418 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
18420 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
18421 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
18422 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
18423 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
18425 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
18426 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
18427 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
18428 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18430 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18432 ;;;***
18434 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18435 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
18436 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18438 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18439 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18440 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18442 To insert new phrases, use
18443 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18444 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18446 To index phrases use one of:
18448 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18449 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18450 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18451 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18452 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18454 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18455 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18457 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18459 Here are all local bindings.
18461 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18463 \(fn)" t nil)
18465 ;;;***
18467 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
18468 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
18469 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
18471 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
18472 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
18473 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
18474 of master file.
18476 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
18478 ;;;***
18480 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18481 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
18482 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18484 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18485 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18486 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18487 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18488 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18489 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18491 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18492 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18494 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18495 by \\=\\< and \\>.
18497 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18499 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18500 Return the depth of REGEXP.
18501 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18502 in REGEXP.
18504 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18506 ;;;***
18508 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (16211 27018))
18509 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18511 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18512 Repeat most recently executed command.
18513 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18514 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18515 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18517 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18518 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18519 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18521 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18523 ;;;***
18525 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18526 ;;;;;; (16211 27034))
18527 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18529 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18530 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18532 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18533 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18534 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18535 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18536 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18537 and point is left after the salutation.
18539 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18540 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18541 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18542 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18543 left after that text.
18545 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18546 is non-nil.
18548 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18549 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18550 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18551 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18553 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18555 ;;;***
18557 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18558 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
18559 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18561 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18562 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18563 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18564 visibility of comments that precede it.
18565 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18566 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18567 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18568 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18569 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18570 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18571 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18572 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18573 the comment lines.
18574 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18575 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18576 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18577 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18578 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18581 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18583 ;;;***
18585 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (16211
18586 ;;;;;; 27018))
18587 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18589 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18590 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18592 \(fn)" nil nil)
18594 ;;;***
18596 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18597 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
18598 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18600 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18601 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18602 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18604 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18605 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18606 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18610 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18611 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18612 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18613 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18614 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18616 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18618 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18619 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18620 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18622 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18623 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18624 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18628 ;;;***
18630 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18631 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18632 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
18633 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18635 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18636 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18637 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18638 If emacs is not running under a window system,
18639 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18641 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18643 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18644 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18645 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18646 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18647 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18649 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18651 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18652 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18653 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18655 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18657 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18659 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18660 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18661 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18662 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18663 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18664 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18665 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18667 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18668 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18672 ;;;***
18674 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18675 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
18676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18678 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18679 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18681 \(fn X)" nil nil)
18683 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18684 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18686 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18688 ;;;***
18690 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16211 27037))
18691 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18692 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18694 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18695 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18696 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18697 other arguments for `rlogin'.
18699 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18701 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18702 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18703 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18704 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18706 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18707 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18709 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18710 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18712 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18713 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18714 INPUT-ARGS.
18716 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18717 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18718 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18719 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18720 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18722 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18723 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18724 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18725 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18727 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18728 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18729 variable.
18731 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18733 ;;;***
18735 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18736 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18737 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18738 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18739 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18740 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18741 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16296 8718))
18742 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18744 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18745 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18746 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18747 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18749 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18751 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
18752 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
18753 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18754 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18755 value is the user's email address and name.)
18756 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18758 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18759 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18760 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18761 which normally happens once for each message,
18762 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18763 To make a change in this variable take effect
18764 for a message that you have already viewed,
18765 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18767 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18769 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18770 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18771 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18772 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18774 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18776 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18777 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18779 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18781 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18782 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18783 A value of nil means don't highlight.
18784 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18786 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18788 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18789 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18791 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18793 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18794 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18796 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18798 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18799 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18800 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18801 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18802 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18804 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18806 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18807 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18809 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18811 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18812 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18814 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18816 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18817 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18819 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18821 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18822 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18824 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18826 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18827 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18829 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18830 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18832 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18833 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18835 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18837 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18838 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18840 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18841 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18842 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18843 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18845 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18846 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18848 This is set to nil by default.")
18850 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18851 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18852 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18853 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18854 until a user explicitly requires it.")
18856 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18858 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18859 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18860 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18861 It is called with no argument.")
18863 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18864 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18865 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18866 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18867 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18868 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18869 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18871 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18872 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18873 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18874 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18875 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18876 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18878 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18879 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18880 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18881 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18882 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18884 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18885 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18886 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18887 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18888 MSG is the message number,
18889 REGEXP is the regular expression,
18890 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
18892 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
18893 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
18894 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
18895 this feature is required with `require'.")
18897 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
18898 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
18899 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
18900 the message is decoded as normal way.
18902 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
18903 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
18904 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
18906 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
18907 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
18908 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
18910 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
18911 Read and edit incoming mail.
18912 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
18913 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
18914 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
18916 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
18917 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
18918 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
18919 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
18921 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
18923 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
18925 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
18926 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
18927 All normal editing commands are turned off.
18928 Instead, these commands are available:
18930 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
18931 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
18932 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
18933 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
18934 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
18935 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
18936 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
18937 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
18938 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
18939 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
18940 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
18941 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
18942 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
18943 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
18944 till a deleted message is found.
18945 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
18946 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
18947 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
18948 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
18949 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
18950 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
18951 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
18952 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
18953 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
18954 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
18955 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
18956 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
18957 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
18958 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
18959 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
18960 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
18961 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
18962 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
18963 (label defaults to last one specified).
18964 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
18965 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
18966 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
18967 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
18968 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
18969 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
18970 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
18971 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
18972 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
18974 \(fn)" t nil)
18976 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
18977 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
18979 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18981 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18982 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18984 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18986 ;;;***
18988 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18989 ;;;;;; (16211 27034))
18990 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18992 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18993 Edit the contents of this message.
18995 \(fn)" t nil)
18997 ;;;***
18999 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
19000 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
19001 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (16211 27034))
19002 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
19004 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
19005 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
19006 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
19008 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
19010 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
19011 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
19012 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
19014 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
19016 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
19017 Not documented
19019 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
19021 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
19022 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
19023 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
19024 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
19025 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
19027 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
19029 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
19030 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
19031 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
19032 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
19033 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
19035 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
19037 ;;;***
19039 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
19040 ;;;;;; (16211 27035))
19041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
19043 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
19044 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
19045 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
19046 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
19048 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
19050 ;;;***
19052 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
19053 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
19054 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (16211 27035))
19055 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
19057 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
19058 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
19059 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
19060 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
19061 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
19062 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
19063 a file name as a string.")
19065 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
19067 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
19068 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
19069 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
19070 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
19071 buffer visiting that file.
19072 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
19073 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
19075 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
19076 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
19078 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19079 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19081 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
19082 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
19084 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
19086 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
19087 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
19089 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
19091 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
19092 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
19093 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19094 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19095 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
19097 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
19098 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
19099 will be appended with their original headers.
19101 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
19102 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
19104 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
19105 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
19107 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
19109 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
19111 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
19112 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
19113 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
19115 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
19117 ;;;***
19119 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
19120 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
19121 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (16211
19122 ;;;;;; 27036))
19123 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
19125 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
19126 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
19127 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19129 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19131 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
19132 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
19133 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19135 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19137 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
19138 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
19139 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19141 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19143 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
19144 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
19145 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19147 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19149 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
19150 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
19151 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19153 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19155 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
19156 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
19157 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19159 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19161 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
19162 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
19163 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19164 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
19166 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
19168 ;;;***
19170 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
19171 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
19172 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
19173 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
19174 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16292 22309))
19175 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
19177 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
19178 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
19180 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
19182 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
19183 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
19185 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
19187 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
19188 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
19190 \(fn)" t nil)
19192 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
19193 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
19194 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
19196 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
19198 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
19199 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
19200 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
19201 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19202 only look in the To and From fields.
19203 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19205 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
19207 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
19208 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
19209 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
19210 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
19211 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
19213 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
19215 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
19216 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
19217 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
19218 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19219 look in the whole message.
19220 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19222 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
19224 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
19225 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
19226 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
19228 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
19230 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
19231 *Function to decode summary-line.
19233 By default, `identity' is set.")
19235 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
19237 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
19238 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
19239 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
19240 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
19241 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
19242 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
19243 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
19245 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
19246 sent by you under different user names.
19247 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
19249 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
19251 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
19253 ;;;***
19255 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
19256 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
19257 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
19259 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
19260 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
19261 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
19262 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
19264 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
19266 ;;;***
19268 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
19269 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (16211 27018))
19270 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
19272 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
19273 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
19275 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
19277 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
19278 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
19280 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19282 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
19283 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
19285 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19287 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
19288 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
19289 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
19291 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
19292 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
19293 in rot 13.
19295 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
19297 \(fn)" t nil)
19299 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
19300 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
19302 \(fn)" t nil)
19304 ;;;***
19306 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
19307 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
19308 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
19309 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
19310 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
19311 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
19313 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
19314 *This variable is obsolete.")
19316 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
19318 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
19319 *This variable is obsolete.")
19321 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19323 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
19324 *This variable is obsolete.")
19326 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19328 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
19329 *This variable is obsolete.")
19331 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
19333 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
19334 *This variable is obsolete.")
19336 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19338 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
19339 *This variable is obsolete.")
19341 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19343 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
19344 This function is obsolete.
19346 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
19348 ;;;***
19350 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16277
19351 ;;;;;; 42321))
19352 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
19354 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
19355 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
19357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19359 ;;;***
19361 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (16292
19362 ;;;;;; 22309))
19363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
19365 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
19366 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
19367 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
19368 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
19370 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
19372 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
19373 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
19374 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
19376 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
19377 notation.
19379 STRING
19380 matches string STRING literally.
19382 CHAR
19383 matches character CHAR literally.
19385 `not-newline'
19386 matches any character except a newline.
19388 `anything'
19389 matches any character
19391 `(any SET)'
19392 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
19393 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
19395 '(in SET)'
19396 like `any'.
19398 `(not (any SET))'
19399 matches any character not in SET
19401 `line-start'
19402 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
19403 in the text being matched
19405 `line-end'
19406 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
19408 `string-start'
19409 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19410 string being matched against.
19412 `string-end'
19413 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19414 string being matched against.
19416 `buffer-start'
19417 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19418 buffer being matched against.
19420 `buffer-end'
19421 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19422 buffer being matched against.
19424 `point'
19425 matches the empty string, but only at point.
19427 `word-start'
19428 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19429 word.
19431 `word-end'
19432 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19434 `word-boundary'
19435 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19436 word.
19438 `(not word-boundary)'
19439 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19440 word.
19442 `digit'
19443 matches 0 through 9.
19445 `control'
19446 matches ASCII control characters.
19448 `hex-digit'
19449 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19451 `blank'
19452 matches space and tab only.
19454 `graphic'
19455 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19456 space, and DEL.
19458 `printing'
19459 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19460 and DEL.
19462 `alphanumeric'
19463 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19464 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19466 `letter'
19467 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19468 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19470 `ascii'
19471 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19473 `nonascii'
19474 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19476 `lower'
19477 matches anything lower-case.
19479 `upper'
19480 matches anything upper-case.
19482 `punctuation'
19483 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19484 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19486 `space'
19487 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19489 `word'
19490 matches anything that has word syntax.
19492 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
19493 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19494 of the following symbols.
19496 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19497 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19498 `word' (\\sw)
19499 `symbol' (\\s_)
19500 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19501 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19502 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19503 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19504 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19505 `escape' (\\s\\)
19506 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19507 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19508 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19510 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19511 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19513 `(category CATEGORY)'
19514 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19515 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19517 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19518 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19519 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19520 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19521 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
19522 `symbol' (\\c5)
19523 `digit' (\\c6)
19524 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19525 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19526 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19527 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19528 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19529 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19530 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19531 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19532 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19533 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19534 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19535 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19536 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19537 `ascii' (\\ca)
19538 `arabic' (\\cb)
19539 `chinese' (\\cc)
19540 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
19541 `greek' (\\cg)
19542 `korean' (\\ch)
19543 `indian' (\\ci)
19544 `japanese' (\\cj)
19545 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19546 `latin' (\\cl)
19547 `lao' (\\co)
19548 `tibetan' (\\cq)
19549 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19550 `thai' (\\ct)
19551 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19552 `hebrew' (\\cw)
19553 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
19554 `can-break' (\\c|)
19556 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
19557 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19559 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19560 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19562 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19563 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19564 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19566 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19567 another name for `submatch'.
19569 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19570 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19571 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19572 regular expression.
19574 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
19575 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19576 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19577 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19578 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19580 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
19581 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19583 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19584 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19586 `(0+ SEXP)'
19587 like `zero-or-more'.
19589 `(* SEXP)'
19590 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19592 `(*? SEXP)'
19593 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19595 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
19596 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19598 `(1+ SEXP)'
19599 like `one-or-more'.
19601 `(+ SEXP)'
19602 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19604 `(+? SEXP)'
19605 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19607 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19608 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19610 `(optional SEXP)'
19611 like `zero-or-one'.
19613 `(? SEXP)'
19614 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19616 `(?? SEXP)'
19617 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19619 `(repeat N SEXP)'
19620 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19622 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
19623 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19625 `(eval FORM)'
19626 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19627 `regexp-quote' it.
19629 `(regexp REGEXP)'
19630 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19632 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19634 ;;;***
19636 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19637 ;;;;;; (16249 27909))
19638 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19640 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19641 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19642 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19644 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19645 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19646 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19647 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19648 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19649 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19650 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19651 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19653 Commands:
19654 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19655 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19656 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19657 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19658 if that value is non-nil.
19660 \(fn)" t nil)
19662 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19663 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19664 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19666 Commands:
19667 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19668 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19669 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19670 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19671 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19672 that variable's value is a string.
19674 \(fn)" t nil)
19676 ;;;***
19678 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19679 ;;;;;; (16211 27031))
19680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19682 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19683 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19684 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19686 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19688 \(fn)" t nil)
19690 ;;;***
19692 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16211
19693 ;;;;;; 27037))
19694 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
19696 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19697 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19698 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19699 \\{scribe-mode-map}
19701 Interesting variables:
19703 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19704 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19706 `scribe-electric-quote'
19707 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19709 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19710 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19711 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
19713 \(fn)" t nil)
19715 ;;;***
19717 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19718 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
19719 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19721 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19722 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19723 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19724 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19725 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19727 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19729 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19730 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19731 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19732 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19733 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19737 ;;;***
19739 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19740 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19741 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19742 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19743 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19744 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16249 31404))
19745 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19747 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19748 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19750 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19751 king@grassland.com
19752 If `parens', they look like:
19753 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19754 If `angles', they look like:
19755 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19756 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19757 derived from the envelope-from address.
19759 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19760 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19761 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19762 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19764 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19766 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19767 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19768 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19769 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19771 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
19772 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
19773 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
19774 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
19776 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19778 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19779 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19780 This is done when the message is initialized,
19781 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19783 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19785 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19786 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19787 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19789 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19791 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19792 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19794 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19796 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19797 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19798 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19799 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19800 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19801 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19802 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19804 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19806 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19807 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19809 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19811 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19812 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19813 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19815 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19817 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19818 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19819 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19820 when you first send mail.")
19822 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19824 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19825 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19826 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19827 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19828 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19830 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19832 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19833 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19834 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19835 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19836 This file need not actually exist.")
19838 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19840 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
19841 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19842 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19843 If a string, that string is inserted.
19844 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19845 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19846 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19847 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19849 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19851 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19852 *Directory for mail buffers.
19853 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19854 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19856 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19858 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19859 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19860 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19861 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19862 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19863 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19864 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19865 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19866 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19867 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19868 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19869 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19870 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19871 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19872 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
19874 \(fn)" t nil)
19876 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19877 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19878 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19879 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
19880 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19881 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19883 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
19884 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19885 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
19887 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
19888 User should not set this variable manually,
19889 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
19890 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
19891 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19892 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
19894 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
19895 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
19896 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
19897 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
19899 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
19900 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
19902 \\<mail-mode-map>
19903 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
19905 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
19906 to move to message header fields:
19907 \\{mail-mode-map}
19909 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
19910 when the message is initialized.
19912 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
19913 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
19915 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
19916 is inserted.
19918 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
19919 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
19921 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
19922 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
19924 The second through fifth arguments,
19925 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
19926 the initial contents of those header fields.
19927 These arguments should not have final newlines.
19928 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
19929 original message being replied to, or else an action
19930 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
19931 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
19932 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
19933 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
19934 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
19935 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
19937 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
19939 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
19940 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
19942 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19944 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
19945 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
19947 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19949 ;;;***
19951 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
19952 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
19953 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
19955 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
19956 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
19957 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
19958 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
19959 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
19960 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
19962 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
19964 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
19966 (defvar server-mode nil "\
19967 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
19968 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19969 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19970 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
19972 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
19974 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
19975 Toggle Server mode.
19976 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19977 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
19978 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
19980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19982 ;;;***
19984 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16211 27018))
19985 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19987 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19988 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19990 Key definitions:
19991 \\{ses-mode-map}
19992 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19993 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19994 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19995 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19997 \(fn)" t nil)
19999 ;;;***
20001 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
20002 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
20003 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
20005 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
20006 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
20007 Makes > match <.
20008 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
20009 `sgml-quick-keys'.
20011 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
20012 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
20013 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
20015 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
20016 your `.emacs' file.
20018 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
20020 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
20021 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
20022 \\{sgml-mode-map}
20024 \(fn)" t nil)
20026 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
20028 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
20029 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
20030 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
20031 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
20032 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
20033 which this is based.
20035 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
20037 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
20038 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
20039 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
20040 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
20042 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
20043 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
20044 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
20046 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
20047 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
20048 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
20049 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
20051 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
20052 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
20053 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
20054 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
20056 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
20058 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
20059 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
20060 To work around that, do:
20061 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
20063 \\{html-mode-map}
20065 \(fn)" t nil)
20067 ;;;***
20069 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
20070 ;;;;;; (16256 53160))
20071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
20073 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
20074 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
20075 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
20076 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
20077 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
20078 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
20080 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
20081 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
20082 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
20083 shell-specific features.
20085 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
20086 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
20087 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
20089 \\[sh-case] case statement
20090 \\[sh-for] for loop
20091 \\[sh-function] function definition
20092 \\[sh-if] if statement
20093 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
20094 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
20095 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
20096 \\[sh-select] select loop
20097 \\[sh-until] until loop
20098 \\[sh-while] while loop
20100 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
20101 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
20102 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
20103 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
20104 would indent to the way it currently is.
20105 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
20106 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
20109 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
20110 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
20111 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
20112 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
20113 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
20114 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
20116 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
20117 {, (, [, ', \", `
20118 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
20120 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
20121 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
20122 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
20124 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
20125 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
20127 \(fn)" t nil)
20129 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
20131 ;;;***
20133 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
20134 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
20135 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
20137 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
20138 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
20140 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
20141 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
20142 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
20143 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
20144 the earlier.
20146 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
20148 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
20150 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
20151 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
20152 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
20154 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
20155 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
20157 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
20158 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
20159 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
20160 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
20161 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
20162 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
20163 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
20164 emacs version).
20166 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
20167 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
20168 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
20169 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
20170 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
20172 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
20173 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
20174 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
20176 \(fn)" t nil)
20178 ;;;***
20180 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
20181 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16211
20182 ;;;;;; 27018))
20183 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
20185 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
20186 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
20187 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
20188 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
20189 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
20190 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
20191 in the cluster.
20193 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20195 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
20196 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
20197 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
20198 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
20199 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
20201 \(fn)" t nil)
20203 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
20204 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
20205 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
20206 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
20207 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
20208 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
20209 `shadow-define-cluster').
20211 \(fn)" t nil)
20213 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
20214 Set up file shadowing.
20216 \(fn)" t nil)
20218 ;;;***
20220 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
20221 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
20222 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
20224 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
20225 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
20226 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
20227 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
20228 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
20229 arguments.")
20231 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
20233 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
20234 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
20235 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
20236 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
20237 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
20238 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
20239 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
20240 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
20241 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
20242 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
20243 discards input when it starts up.)
20244 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
20245 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
20246 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
20248 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20249 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20250 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20251 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
20252 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20253 `default-process-coding-system'.
20255 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
20256 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
20257 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
20258 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
20260 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
20262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20263 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
20265 ;;;***
20267 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (16211
20268 ;;;;;; 27039))
20269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
20271 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
20272 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
20273 \\{simula-mode-map}
20274 Variables controlling indentation style:
20275 `simula-tab-always-indent'
20276 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
20277 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20278 `simula-indent-level'
20279 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
20280 `simula-substatement-offset'
20281 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
20282 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
20283 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
20284 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
20285 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
20286 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
20287 `simula-label-offset' -4711
20288 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
20289 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
20290 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
20291 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
20292 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
20293 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
20294 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
20295 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
20296 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
20297 `simula-electric-indent' nil
20298 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
20299 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
20300 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
20301 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
20302 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
20303 or nil if they should not be changed.
20304 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
20305 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
20306 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
20307 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
20309 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
20310 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
20312 \(fn)" t nil)
20314 ;;;***
20316 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
20317 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16211 27018))
20318 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
20320 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
20321 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
20323 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
20324 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
20325 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
20326 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
20328 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
20330 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
20331 Insert SKELETON.
20332 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
20333 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
20334 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
20335 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
20336 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
20338 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
20339 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
20341 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
20343 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
20344 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
20346 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
20347 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
20348 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
20349 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
20351 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
20352 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
20353 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
20354 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
20356 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
20357 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
20358 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
20360 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
20361 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
20363 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
20364 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
20366 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
20367 _ interesting point, interregion here
20368 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
20369 interesting point set by _
20370 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
20371 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
20372 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
20373 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
20374 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
20375 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
20376 nil skipped
20378 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
20379 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
20381 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
20382 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
20383 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
20384 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
20385 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
20386 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
20387 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
20388 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
20390 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
20391 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
20392 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
20393 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
20394 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
20395 available:
20397 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
20398 then: insert previously read string once more
20399 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
20400 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
20401 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
20403 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
20404 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
20406 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
20408 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
20409 Insert the character you type ARG times.
20411 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
20412 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
20413 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
20414 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
20415 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
20416 such as backslash.
20418 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
20419 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
20420 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
20422 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20424 ;;;***
20426 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
20427 ;;;;;; (16258 10857))
20428 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
20430 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20431 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20432 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20433 buffer names.
20435 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20437 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20438 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20439 \\{smerge-mode-map}
20441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20443 ;;;***
20445 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20446 ;;;;;; (16211 27031))
20447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20449 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20450 Display textual smileys as images.
20451 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20452 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20453 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20455 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20457 ;;;***
20459 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20460 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16246 41418))
20461 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20463 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20464 Not documented
20466 \(fn)" nil nil)
20468 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20469 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20471 \(fn)" t nil)
20473 ;;;***
20475 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (16211 27038))
20476 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20478 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20479 Play the Snake game.
20480 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20482 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20484 Snake mode keybindings:
20485 \\<snake-mode-map>
20486 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20487 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20488 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20489 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20490 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20491 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20492 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20494 \(fn)" t nil)
20496 ;;;***
20498 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20499 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
20500 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20502 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20503 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20504 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20505 Tab indents for C code.
20506 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20507 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20508 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20509 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20510 `snmp-mode-hook'.
20512 \(fn)" t nil)
20514 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20515 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20516 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20517 Tab indents for C code.
20518 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20519 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20520 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20521 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20522 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20524 \(fn)" t nil)
20526 ;;;***
20528 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20529 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20530 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16211 27023))
20531 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20533 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20534 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20536 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20537 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20538 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20540 For example, the form
20542 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20543 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20545 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20547 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20549 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20550 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20552 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20553 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20554 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20555 York City.
20557 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20559 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20561 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20562 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20564 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20565 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20566 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20567 York City.
20569 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20571 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20573 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20574 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20575 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20576 pair.
20578 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20580 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20582 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20583 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20584 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20586 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20587 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20589 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20593 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20594 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20595 Requires floating point.
20597 \(fn)" nil nil)
20599 ;;;***
20601 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (16211
20602 ;;;;;; 27038))
20603 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20605 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20606 Play Solitaire.
20608 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20609 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
20610 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20611 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20612 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20613 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20614 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20615 check after each move or undo)
20617 What is Solitaire?
20619 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20620 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20621 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20623 Le Solitaire
20624 ============
20626 o o o
20628 o o o
20630 o o o o o o o
20632 o o o . o o o
20634 o o o o o o o
20636 o o o
20638 o o o
20640 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20641 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20642 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20643 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20645 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20646 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20647 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20648 this: o o .
20650 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20651 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20653 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20655 o o o
20657 . o o
20659 o o . o o o o
20661 o . o o o o o
20663 o o o o o o o
20665 o o o
20667 o o o
20669 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20671 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
20673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20675 ;;;***
20677 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20678 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20679 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16211 27018))
20680 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20682 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20683 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20685 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20686 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20687 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20688 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20689 contiguous.
20691 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20692 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20693 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20694 the sort order.
20696 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20697 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20699 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20700 It moves point to the start of the next record.
20701 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20702 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20703 is called.
20705 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20706 It should move point to the end of the record.
20708 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20709 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20710 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20711 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20712 starts at the beginning of the record.
20714 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20715 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20716 same as ENDRECFUN.
20718 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
20719 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
20721 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
20723 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20724 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20725 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20726 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20727 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20728 the sort order.
20730 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20732 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20733 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20734 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20735 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20736 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20737 the sort order.
20739 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20741 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20742 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20743 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20744 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20745 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20746 the sort order.
20748 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20750 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20751 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20752 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20753 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20754 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20755 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20756 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20757 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20758 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20760 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20762 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20763 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20764 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20765 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20766 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20767 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20768 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20769 the sort order.
20771 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20773 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20774 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20775 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20776 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20777 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20778 is to be used for sorting.
20779 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20780 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20781 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20782 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20783 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20785 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20787 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20788 the sort order.
20790 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20791 starting with the letter \"f\",
20792 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20794 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20796 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20797 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20798 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20799 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20800 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20801 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20802 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20803 the sort order.
20805 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20806 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20807 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20808 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20809 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20811 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20813 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20814 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20815 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20817 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20819 ;;;***
20821 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20822 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (16211 27019))
20823 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20825 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20827 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20828 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20829 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20830 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20831 supported at a time.
20832 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20833 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20837 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20838 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20839 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20840 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20842 \(fn)" t nil)
20844 ;;;***
20846 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20847 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (16211 27044))
20848 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20850 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20852 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20853 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20854 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20855 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20856 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20857 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20859 \(fn)" t nil)
20861 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20862 Check spelling of word at or before point.
20863 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20864 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20866 \(fn)" t nil)
20868 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20869 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20870 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20871 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20872 for example, \"word\".
20874 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20876 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20877 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20879 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20881 ;;;***
20883 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (16211
20884 ;;;;;; 27038))
20885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
20887 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
20888 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
20890 \(fn)" t nil)
20892 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
20893 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
20895 \(fn)" nil nil)
20897 ;;;***
20899 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
20900 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
20901 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
20902 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (16225
20903 ;;;;;; 6527))
20904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
20906 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
20907 Append a `font-lock-keywords' entry to the existing entries defined
20908 for the specified `product'.
20910 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
20912 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
20913 Show short help for the SQL modes.
20915 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
20916 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
20918 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
20920 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
20921 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
20922 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
20924 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
20926 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
20927 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
20928 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
20929 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
20930 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
20931 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
20932 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
20933 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
20934 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
20936 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
20938 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
20939 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
20940 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
20941 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
20943 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
20944 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
20945 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
20946 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
20948 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
20949 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
20950 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
20952 \(fn)" t nil)
20954 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
20955 Major mode to edit SQL.
20957 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
20958 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
20959 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
20961 \\{sql-mode-map}
20962 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
20964 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
20965 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
20966 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
20967 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
20968 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
20969 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
20971 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
20972 `sql-interactive-mode'.
20974 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
20975 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
20976 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
20978 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
20979 (lambda ()
20980 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20982 \(fn)" t nil)
20984 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
20985 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
20987 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20988 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20989 `*SQL*'.
20991 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20993 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
20995 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20996 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20998 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20999 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21000 `*SQL*'.
21002 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
21003 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21004 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
21005 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
21007 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21008 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21010 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21011 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21012 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21013 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21014 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21015 `default-process-coding-system'.
21017 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21019 \(fn)" t nil)
21021 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
21022 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
21024 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21025 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21026 `*SQL*'.
21028 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
21029 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
21030 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21031 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
21033 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21034 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21036 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21037 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21038 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21039 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21040 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21041 `default-process-coding-system'.
21043 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21045 \(fn)" t nil)
21047 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
21048 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
21050 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21051 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21052 `*SQL*'.
21054 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
21055 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21057 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21058 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21060 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21061 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21062 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21063 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21064 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21065 `default-process-coding-system'.
21067 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21069 \(fn)" t nil)
21071 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
21072 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
21074 SQLite is free software.
21076 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21077 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21078 `*SQL*'.
21080 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
21081 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21082 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21083 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
21085 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21086 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21088 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21089 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21090 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21091 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21092 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21093 `default-process-coding-system'.
21095 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21097 \(fn)" t nil)
21099 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
21100 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
21102 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
21104 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21105 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21106 `*SQL*'.
21108 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
21109 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21110 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21111 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
21113 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21114 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21116 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21117 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21118 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21119 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21120 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21121 `default-process-coding-system'.
21123 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21125 \(fn)" t nil)
21127 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
21128 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
21130 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21131 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21132 `*SQL*'.
21134 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
21135 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
21136 defaults, if set.
21138 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21139 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21141 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21142 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21143 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21144 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21145 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21146 `default-process-coding-system'.
21148 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21150 \(fn)" t nil)
21152 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
21153 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
21155 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21156 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21157 `*SQL*'.
21159 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
21160 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21162 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21163 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21165 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21166 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21167 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21168 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21169 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21170 `default-process-coding-system'.
21172 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21174 \(fn)" t nil)
21176 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
21177 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
21179 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21180 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21181 `*SQL*'.
21183 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
21184 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
21185 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
21186 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
21188 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21189 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21191 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21192 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21193 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21194 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21195 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21196 `default-process-coding-system'.
21198 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21200 \(fn)" t nil)
21202 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
21203 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
21205 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21206 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21207 `*SQL*'.
21209 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
21210 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
21211 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
21212 `sql-postgres-options'.
21214 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21215 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21217 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21218 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21219 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21220 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21221 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21222 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
21223 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
21224 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
21226 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
21227 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
21229 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21231 \(fn)" t nil)
21233 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
21234 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
21236 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21237 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21238 `*SQL*'.
21240 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
21241 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21242 defaults, if set.
21244 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21245 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21247 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21248 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21249 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21250 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21251 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21252 `default-process-coding-system'.
21254 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21256 \(fn)" t nil)
21258 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
21259 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
21261 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21262 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21263 `*SQL*'.
21265 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
21266 automatic login.
21268 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21269 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21271 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
21272 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
21273 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
21274 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
21276 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21277 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21278 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21279 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21280 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21281 `default-process-coding-system'.
21283 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21285 \(fn)" t nil)
21287 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
21288 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
21290 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21291 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21292 `*SQL*'.
21294 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
21295 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
21296 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21297 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
21298 parameters.
21300 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
21301 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
21302 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
21303 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
21304 an empty password.
21306 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21307 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21309 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21311 \(fn)" t nil)
21313 ;;;***
21315 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
21316 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
21317 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
21318 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
21319 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (16258
21320 ;;;;;; 10857))
21321 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
21323 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
21324 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
21325 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
21326 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
21327 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
21328 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
21330 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
21332 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
21333 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21334 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21335 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
21336 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
21337 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
21338 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21340 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21342 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21343 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21344 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21345 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
21346 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
21347 then complete the stroke with button 3.
21348 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21350 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21352 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
21353 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21354 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21356 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21358 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21359 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21360 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21362 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21364 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
21365 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
21367 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
21369 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
21370 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
21372 \(fn)" t nil)
21374 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
21375 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
21377 \(fn)" t nil)
21379 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
21380 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
21381 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
21382 chronologically by command name.
21383 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
21385 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
21387 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
21388 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
21389 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21390 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21391 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
21393 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
21395 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
21396 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
21397 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
21398 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
21399 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
21400 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
21401 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
21403 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
21404 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
21405 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
21406 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
21408 \\{strokes-mode-map}
21410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21412 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
21413 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
21414 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
21415 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
21417 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
21419 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21420 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
21422 \(fn)" t nil)
21424 ;;;***
21426 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
21427 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
21428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
21430 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
21431 Studlify-case the region.
21433 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
21435 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
21436 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
21438 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
21440 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
21441 Studlify-case the current buffer.
21443 \(fn)" t nil)
21445 ;;;***
21447 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21448 ;;;;;; (16211 27036))
21449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21451 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21452 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21453 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21454 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
21455 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
21456 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21457 original message but it does require a few things:
21459 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21461 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21462 reply buffer.
21464 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21465 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21466 original message.
21468 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21470 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21472 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21473 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21474 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21476 \(fn)" nil nil)
21478 ;;;***
21480 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16211
21481 ;;;;;; 27026))
21482 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21484 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21485 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21486 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21487 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21488 Point is at POS when this function returns.
21490 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21492 ;;;***
21494 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (16211 27021))
21495 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21497 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21498 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21499 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21500 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21501 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21503 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21505 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21506 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21507 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21508 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21509 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21510 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21511 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21513 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21515 ;;;***
21517 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21518 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21519 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21520 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21521 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21522 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21523 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21524 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21525 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21526 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21527 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21528 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21529 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16211 27044))
21530 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21532 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21533 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21534 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21536 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21538 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21539 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21541 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21543 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21544 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21546 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21548 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21549 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21551 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21553 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21554 Insert an editable text table.
21555 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21556 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21557 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21558 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21559 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21560 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21561 delimiting them.
21563 Examples:
21565 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21567 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21568 location of point.
21572 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21573 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
21574 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21575 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21576 first cell.
21578 +-----+-----+-----+
21579 |-!- | | |
21580 +-----+-----+-----+
21582 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21584 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21585 width, which results as
21587 +--------------+-----+-----+
21588 |-!- | | |
21589 +--------------+-----+-----+
21591 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21592 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21594 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21595 | | |-!- |
21596 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21598 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21599 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21600 width information to `table-insert'.
21602 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21604 instead of
21606 Cell width(s): 5
21608 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21609 work all together.
21611 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21612 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21614 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21615 |-!- | | |
21616 | | | |
21617 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21619 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21621 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21622 |-!- | | |
21623 | | | |
21624 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21625 | | | |
21626 | | | |
21627 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21629 Move the point under the table as shown below.
21631 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21632 | | | |
21633 | | | |
21634 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21635 | | | |
21636 | | | |
21637 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21640 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21641 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21642 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21644 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21645 | | | |
21646 | | | |
21647 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21648 | | | |
21649 | | | |
21650 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21651 |-!- | | |
21652 | | | |
21653 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21655 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21656 results.
21658 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21659 | | | |
21660 | | | |
21661 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21662 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21663 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21664 | | |expected results.-!- |
21665 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21666 | | | |
21667 | | | |
21668 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21670 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21672 \\{table-cell-map}
21674 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21676 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21677 Insert N table row(s).
21678 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21679 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21680 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21681 are appended at the bottom of the table.
21683 \(fn N)" t nil)
21685 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21686 Insert N table column(s).
21687 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21688 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21689 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21690 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21692 \(fn N)" t nil)
21694 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21695 Insert row(s) or column(s).
21696 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21698 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21700 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21701 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21702 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21703 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21704 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21705 all the table specific features.
21707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21709 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21710 Not documented
21712 \(fn)" t nil)
21714 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21715 Recognize all tables within region.
21716 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21717 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21718 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21719 specific features.
21721 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21723 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21724 Not documented
21726 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21728 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21729 Recognize a table at point.
21730 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21731 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21732 the table specific features.
21734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21736 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21737 Not documented
21739 \(fn)" t nil)
21741 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21742 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21743 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21744 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21745 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21746 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21747 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21749 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21751 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21752 Not documented
21754 \(fn)" t nil)
21756 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21757 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21758 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21759 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21760 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21761 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21762 specified.
21764 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21766 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21767 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21768 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21769 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21770 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21771 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21772 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21773 table structure.
21775 \(fn N)" t nil)
21777 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21778 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21779 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21780 table's rectangle structure.
21782 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21784 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21785 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21786 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21787 table's rectangle structure.
21789 \(fn N)" t nil)
21791 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21792 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21793 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21794 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21795 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21797 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21799 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21800 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21801 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21803 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21804 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21805 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21806 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21807 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21808 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21809 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21811 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21812 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21813 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21814 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21815 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21816 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21817 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21819 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21820 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21821 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21822 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21823 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21824 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21825 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21826 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21828 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21830 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21831 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21832 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21833 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21837 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21838 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21839 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21841 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21843 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21844 Split current cell vertically.
21845 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21847 \(fn)" t nil)
21849 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21850 Split current cell horizontally.
21851 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21853 \(fn)" t nil)
21855 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21856 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21857 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21859 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21861 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21862 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21863 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21864 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21866 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21868 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21869 Justify cell contents.
21870 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21871 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21872 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21873 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21875 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21877 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
21878 Justify cells of a row.
21879 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21880 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21882 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21884 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
21885 Justify cells of a column.
21886 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21887 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21889 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21891 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
21892 Toggle fixing width mode.
21893 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
21894 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
21895 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
21897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21899 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
21900 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
21901 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
21902 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
21903 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
21904 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
21905 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
21906 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
21907 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
21908 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
21909 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
21911 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
21913 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
21914 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
21915 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
21916 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
21917 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
21918 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
21919 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
21920 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
21921 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
21922 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
21923 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
21924 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
21925 untouched.
21927 References used for this implementation:
21929 HTML:
21930 http://www.w3.org
21932 LaTeX:
21933 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
21935 CALS (DocBook DTD):
21936 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
21937 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
21939 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
21941 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
21942 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
21943 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
21944 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
21945 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
21946 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
21947 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
21948 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
21949 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
21950 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
21951 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
21952 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
21953 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
21954 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
21955 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
21956 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
21957 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
21959 Example:
21961 (progn
21962 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
21963 (table-forward-cell 15)
21964 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
21965 (table-forward-cell 16)
21966 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
21967 (table-forward-cell 1)
21968 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
21970 (progn
21971 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
21972 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
21973 (table-forward-cell 1)
21974 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
21976 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21978 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
21979 Delete N row(s) of cells.
21980 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
21981 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
21982 consists from cells of same height.
21984 \(fn N)" t nil)
21986 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
21987 Delete N column(s) of cells.
21988 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
21989 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
21990 column must consists from cells of same width.
21992 \(fn N)" t nil)
21994 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
21995 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
21996 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
21997 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
21998 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
21999 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
22000 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
22001 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
22002 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
22003 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
22004 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
22005 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
22006 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
22007 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
22008 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
22011 Example 1:
22013 1, 2, 3, 4
22014 5, 6, 7, 8
22015 , 9, 10
22017 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
22018 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
22019 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
22020 specified as 5.
22022 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22023 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
22024 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22025 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
22026 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22027 | | 9 | 10 | |
22028 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22030 Note:
22032 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
22033 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
22034 of each row is optional.
22037 Example 2:
22039 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
22040 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
22041 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
22042 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
22043 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
22045 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
22046 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
22048 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
22049 expression and raw delimiter regular
22050 expression, it parses the specified text
22051 area and extracts cell items from
22052 non-table text and then forms a table out
22053 of them.
22055 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
22056 creates a single cell table. The text in
22057 the specified region is placed in that
22058 cell.-*-
22060 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
22061 like this.
22063 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22064 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
22065 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
22067 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
22068 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
22069 | expression, it parses the specified text |
22070 | area and extracts cell items from |
22071 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
22072 | of them. |
22074 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
22075 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
22076 | the specified region is placed in that |
22077 | cell. |
22078 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22080 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
22081 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
22082 independently.
22084 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22085 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
22086 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
22087 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22088 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
22089 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
22090 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
22091 | |area and extracts cell items from |
22092 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
22093 | |of them. |
22094 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22095 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
22096 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
22097 | |the specified region is placed in that |
22098 | |cell. |
22099 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22101 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
22102 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
22103 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
22105 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
22107 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
22108 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
22109 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
22110 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
22111 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
22113 \(fn)" t nil)
22115 ;;;***
22117 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (16211 27021))
22118 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
22120 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
22121 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
22123 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
22125 ;;;***
22127 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16211 27021))
22128 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
22130 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
22131 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
22132 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
22133 Letters no longer insert themselves.
22134 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
22135 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
22136 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
22138 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
22139 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
22140 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
22141 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
22143 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
22144 \\{tar-mode-map}
22146 \(fn)" t nil)
22148 ;;;***
22150 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
22151 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16211 27039))
22152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
22154 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
22155 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
22156 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
22157 Tab indents for Tcl code.
22158 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22159 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22161 Variables controlling indentation style:
22162 `tcl-indent-level'
22163 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
22164 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
22165 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
22167 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
22168 documentation for details):
22169 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
22170 Controls action of TAB key.
22171 `tcl-auto-newline'
22172 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
22173 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
22174 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
22175 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
22176 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
22178 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
22179 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
22180 already exist.
22182 Commands:
22183 \\{tcl-mode-map}
22185 \(fn)" t nil)
22187 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
22188 Run inferior Tcl process.
22189 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
22190 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
22192 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
22194 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
22195 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
22196 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
22198 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
22200 ;;;***
22202 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (16211 27037))
22203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
22204 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22206 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
22207 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22208 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
22209 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
22210 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
22211 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
22212 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22214 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22215 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
22217 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
22218 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22219 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
22220 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22222 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22224 ;;;***
22226 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16211
22227 ;;;;;; 27021))
22228 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
22230 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
22231 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
22232 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
22233 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
22234 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
22235 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
22237 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
22239 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
22240 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22241 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
22242 commands to use in that buffer.
22244 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
22246 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
22248 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
22249 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22251 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
22253 ;;;***
22255 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (16211
22256 ;;;;;; 27021))
22257 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
22259 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
22260 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
22261 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
22262 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
22263 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
22264 program as keyboard input.
22266 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
22267 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
22268 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
22269 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
22271 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
22272 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
22273 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
22274 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
22275 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
22277 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
22279 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
22280 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
22281 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
22282 terminal-redisplay-interval.
22284 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
22285 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
22286 subprocess started.
22288 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
22290 ;;;***
22292 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
22293 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16211 27026))
22294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
22296 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
22297 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
22298 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
22299 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
22300 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
22302 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
22304 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
22305 Start coverage on function under point.
22307 \(fn)" t nil)
22309 ;;;***
22311 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (16211 27038))
22312 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
22314 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
22315 Play the Tetris game.
22316 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
22317 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
22318 as to form complete rows.
22320 tetris-mode keybindings:
22321 \\<tetris-mode-map>
22322 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
22323 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
22324 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22325 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
22326 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
22327 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
22328 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
22329 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
22331 \(fn)" t nil)
22333 ;;;***
22335 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
22336 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
22337 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22338 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
22339 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
22340 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
22341 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
22342 ;;;;;; (16291 51938))
22343 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
22345 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
22346 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
22348 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
22350 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
22351 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
22352 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
22353 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
22354 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
22356 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
22358 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
22359 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
22360 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
22361 if it matches the first line of the file,
22362 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
22364 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
22366 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
22367 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
22368 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
22369 if the variable is non-nil.")
22371 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
22373 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
22374 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
22376 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
22378 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
22379 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
22380 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22381 See the documentation of that variable.")
22383 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22385 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
22386 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
22387 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22388 See the documentation of that variable.")
22390 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22392 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
22393 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
22394 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22395 See the documentation of that variable.")
22397 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22399 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
22400 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
22401 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
22402 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
22403 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22405 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
22407 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
22408 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
22409 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
22410 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22412 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
22414 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
22415 *User defined LaTeX block names.
22416 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
22418 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
22420 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
22421 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
22422 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22423 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22425 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
22427 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22428 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22429 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22430 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22432 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22434 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22435 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
22436 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22437 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
22439 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
22440 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
22441 for example,
22443 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22444 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
22446 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22447 use.")
22449 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22451 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi" "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
22452 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22453 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22454 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22455 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22457 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22459 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22461 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22462 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22463 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22465 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22467 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22468 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22469 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22470 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22471 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22473 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22475 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22476 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22478 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22480 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22481 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22483 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22485 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22486 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
22487 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
22488 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
22489 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
22490 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
22491 says which mode to use.
22493 \(fn)" t nil)
22495 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22497 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22499 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22501 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22502 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22503 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22504 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22505 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22507 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22508 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22509 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22510 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22511 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22512 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22513 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22515 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22516 mismatched $'s or braces.
22518 Special commands:
22519 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22521 Mode variables:
22522 tex-run-command
22523 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22524 tex-directory
22525 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22526 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22527 tex-dvi-print-command
22528 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22529 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22530 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22531 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22532 tex-dvi-view-command
22533 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22534 tex-show-queue-command
22535 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22536 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22538 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22539 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22540 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22542 \(fn)" t nil)
22544 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22545 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22546 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22547 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22548 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22550 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22551 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22552 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22553 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22554 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22555 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22556 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22558 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22559 mismatched $'s or braces.
22561 Special commands:
22562 \\{latex-mode-map}
22564 Mode variables:
22565 latex-run-command
22566 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22567 tex-directory
22568 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22569 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22570 tex-dvi-print-command
22571 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22572 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22573 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22574 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22575 tex-dvi-view-command
22576 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22577 tex-show-queue-command
22578 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22579 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22581 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22582 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22583 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22585 \(fn)" t nil)
22587 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22588 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22589 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22590 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22591 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22593 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22594 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22595 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22596 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22597 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22598 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22599 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22601 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22602 mismatched $'s or braces.
22604 Special commands:
22605 \\{slitex-mode-map}
22607 Mode variables:
22608 slitex-run-command
22609 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22610 tex-directory
22611 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22612 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22613 tex-dvi-print-command
22614 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22615 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22616 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22617 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22618 tex-dvi-view-command
22619 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22620 tex-show-queue-command
22621 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22622 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22624 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22625 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22626 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22627 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22629 \(fn)" t nil)
22631 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22632 Not documented
22634 \(fn)" nil nil)
22636 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22637 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
22639 \(fn)" t nil)
22641 ;;;***
22643 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22644 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16292 22308))
22645 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22647 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22648 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22649 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22650 name specified in the @setfilename command.
22652 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22653 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22654 Info-split to do these manually.
22656 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22658 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22659 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22660 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22661 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22662 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22664 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22666 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22667 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22668 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22669 names specified in the @setfilename command.
22671 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22672 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22673 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22674 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22676 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22677 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22679 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22681 ;;;***
22683 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22684 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16211 27044))
22685 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22687 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22688 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22690 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22692 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22693 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22695 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22697 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22698 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22700 It has these extra commands:
22701 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
22703 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22704 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22705 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22706 modified version of TeX input format.
22708 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22709 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22710 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22711 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22713 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22714 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22715 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22716 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22717 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22718 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22719 in the Texinfo file.
22721 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22722 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22723 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22724 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22725 move forward past the closing brace.
22727 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22728 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22730 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22731 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22732 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22734 Here are the functions:
22736 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22737 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22738 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22740 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22741 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22742 texinfo-master-menu
22744 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22746 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22747 which menu descriptions are indented.
22749 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22750 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22751 in the region.
22753 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22754 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22755 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22756 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
22758 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22759 be the first node in the file.
22761 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22762 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
22764 \(fn)" t nil)
22766 ;;;***
22768 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
22769 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
22770 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (16211 27033))
22771 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22773 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22774 Compose Thai characters in the region.
22775 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22776 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22778 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22780 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22781 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22783 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22785 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22786 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22788 \(fn)" t nil)
22790 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
22791 Not documented
22793 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22795 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22796 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
22797 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
22798 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
22799 to compose.
22801 The return value is number of composed characters.
22803 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22805 ;;;***
22807 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22808 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22809 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (16211 27021))
22810 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22812 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22813 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22815 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22817 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22818 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22819 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22820 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22821 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22823 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22824 a symbol as a valid THING.
22826 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22827 of the textual entity that was found.
22829 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22831 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22832 Return the THING at point.
22833 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22834 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22835 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22837 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22838 a symbol as a valid THING.
22840 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22842 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22843 Not documented
22845 \(fn)" nil nil)
22847 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22848 Not documented
22850 \(fn)" nil nil)
22852 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22853 Not documented
22855 \(fn)" nil nil)
22857 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22858 Not documented
22860 \(fn)" nil nil)
22862 ;;;***
22864 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
22865 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
22866 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
22867 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
22868 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
22869 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16211 27033))
22870 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
22872 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
22873 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
22874 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
22876 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
22878 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
22879 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
22881 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22883 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
22884 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
22885 The returned string has no composition information.
22887 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22889 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22890 Compose Tibetan string STR.
22892 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22894 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22895 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
22897 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22899 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22900 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
22901 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
22902 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22904 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22906 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22907 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
22908 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
22909 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22911 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22913 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
22914 Not documented
22916 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22918 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22919 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
22920 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
22922 \(fn)" t nil)
22924 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22925 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
22926 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
22928 \(fn)" t nil)
22930 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22931 Not documented
22933 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22935 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22936 Not documented
22938 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22940 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
22941 Not documented
22943 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22945 ;;;***
22947 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
22948 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
22949 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
22951 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
22952 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
22953 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22954 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22955 parameters.
22956 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22958 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22960 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
22961 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
22962 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22963 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22964 parameters.
22965 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22967 \(fn)" t nil)
22969 ;;;***
22971 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
22972 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16211 27021))
22973 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
22975 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
22976 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
22978 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
22980 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
22981 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22982 This display updates automatically every minute.
22983 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22984 are displayed as well.
22985 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22987 \(fn)" t nil)
22989 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
22990 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
22991 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22992 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22993 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
22995 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
22997 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
22998 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22999 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
23001 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
23002 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
23003 are displayed as well.
23004 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
23006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23008 ;;;***
23010 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
23011 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
23012 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
23013 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (16211 27023))
23014 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
23016 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
23017 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
23019 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23021 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
23022 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
23024 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
23026 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
23027 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
23029 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23031 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
23032 Convert DAYS into a time value.
23034 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
23036 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
23037 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
23038 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
23040 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23042 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
23044 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
23045 Subtract two time values.
23046 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
23048 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23050 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
23051 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
23053 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23055 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
23056 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
23057 DATE should be a date-time string.
23059 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23061 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
23062 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
23063 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
23065 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
23067 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
23068 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
23070 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
23072 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
23073 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
23075 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23077 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
23078 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
23079 TIME should be a time value.
23080 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
23082 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23084 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
23085 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
23086 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
23088 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23090 ;;;***
23092 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
23093 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (16211 27021))
23094 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
23096 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
23097 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
23098 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
23099 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
23100 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
23101 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
23102 look like one of the following:
23103 Time-stamp: <>
23104 Time-stamp: \" \"
23105 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
23106 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
23107 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
23108 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
23109 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
23110 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
23111 template.
23113 \(fn)" t nil)
23115 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
23116 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
23117 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
23119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23121 ;;;***
23123 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
23124 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
23125 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
23126 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
23127 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
23128 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
23130 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
23131 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
23132 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
23133 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
23134 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
23135 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
23136 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
23137 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
23138 display (non-nil means on).
23140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23142 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
23143 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23144 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
23145 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
23146 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
23147 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
23148 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
23149 this function is called within a day.
23151 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
23152 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
23153 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
23154 discover the name of the project.
23156 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
23158 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
23159 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23160 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
23161 begun during the last time segment.
23163 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
23164 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
23165 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
23166 discover the reason.
23168 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
23170 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
23171 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
23172 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
23173 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
23174 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
23176 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23178 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
23179 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
23180 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
23181 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
23182 project you were working on.
23184 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
23186 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
23187 Ask the user before clocking out.
23188 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
23190 \(fn)" nil nil)
23192 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
23193 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
23194 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
23196 \(fn)" t nil)
23198 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
23199 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
23200 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
23201 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
23202 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
23203 \"relative to today\".
23205 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23207 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
23208 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
23209 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
23210 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
23212 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
23214 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
23215 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
23216 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
23217 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
23218 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
23219 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
23221 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23223 ;;;***
23225 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
23226 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
23227 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16211 27026))
23228 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
23230 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
23232 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
23233 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
23235 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
23237 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
23238 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
23240 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
23242 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
23243 Perform an action at time TIME.
23244 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23245 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
23246 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
23247 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
23248 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
23249 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23251 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23253 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23255 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
23256 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
23257 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23258 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
23259 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23261 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23263 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23265 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
23266 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
23267 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
23268 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
23270 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
23272 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
23273 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
23274 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23275 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
23277 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
23278 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
23280 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23282 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23283 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
23285 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
23286 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
23287 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
23288 The call should look like:
23289 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
23290 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
23291 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
23292 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
23293 be detected.
23295 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23297 ;;;***
23299 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
23300 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16213 6000))
23301 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
23303 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23304 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
23305 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
23306 the generated Quail package is saved.
23308 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
23310 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23311 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
23312 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
23313 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
23314 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
23315 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
23316 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
23318 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
23320 ;;;***
23322 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
23323 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16232
23324 ;;;;;; 585))
23325 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
23327 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
23328 Not documented
23330 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23332 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
23333 Not documented
23335 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
23337 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
23338 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
23339 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
23340 PATTERN regexp.
23342 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
23344 ;;;***
23346 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
23347 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (16211 27021))
23348 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
23349 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
23350 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
23351 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
23353 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
23354 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23355 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23356 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
23357 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
23359 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
23361 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
23362 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23363 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
23364 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
23365 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23367 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23369 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
23370 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
23371 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
23372 in the menu in two ways:
23373 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
23374 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
23375 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
23377 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
23378 keymap or an alist of alists.
23379 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
23380 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
23382 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
23384 ;;;***
23386 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
23387 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
23388 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (16211 27023))
23389 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
23391 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
23392 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
23394 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
23396 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
23397 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
23399 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
23401 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
23402 Insert new TODO list entry.
23403 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
23404 category.
23406 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23408 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
23409 List top priorities for each category.
23411 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
23412 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
23414 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
23415 between each category.
23417 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23419 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
23420 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
23421 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
23422 between each category.
23424 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
23426 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23428 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
23429 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
23431 \\{todo-mode-map}
23433 \(fn)" t nil)
23435 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
23436 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
23438 \(fn)" nil nil)
23440 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
23441 Show TODO list.
23443 \(fn)" t nil)
23445 ;;;***
23447 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
23448 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
23449 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (16211 27044))
23450 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
23452 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
23453 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
23454 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23455 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23456 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
23458 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
23460 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
23461 Toggle use of the tool bar.
23462 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23464 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23465 conveniently adding tool bar items.
23467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23469 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23471 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23472 Add an item to the tool bar.
23473 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23474 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23475 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23476 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23478 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23479 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23480 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23482 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23483 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23485 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23487 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23488 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23489 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23490 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23491 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23492 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23494 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23495 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23496 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23498 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23500 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23501 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23502 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23503 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23504 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23505 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23506 properties to add to the binding.
23508 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23510 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23511 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23513 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23515 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23516 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23517 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23518 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23519 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23520 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23521 properties to add to the binding.
23523 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23525 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23527 ;;;***
23529 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23530 ;;;;;; (16211 27021))
23531 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23533 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23534 Mode for tooltip display.
23535 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23539 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23540 Toggle tooltip-mode.
23541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23542 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23544 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23546 ;;;***
23548 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (16211
23549 ;;;;;; 27026))
23550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23552 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23554 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23556 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23557 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23559 \(fn)" t nil)
23561 ;;;***
23563 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23564 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (16211 27026))
23565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23567 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23568 Set scroll margins.
23570 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23572 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23573 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23575 \(fn)" t nil)
23577 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23578 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23580 \(fn)" t nil)
23582 ;;;***
23584 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (16225 60547))
23585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23587 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23588 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23589 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23590 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23591 to a tcp server on another machine.
23593 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23595 ;;;***
23597 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23598 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (16211 27026))
23599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23601 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23602 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23604 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23606 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23607 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23608 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23609 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23610 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23611 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23612 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23613 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23615 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23617 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23618 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23619 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23620 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23621 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23622 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23623 the window or buffer configuration at all.
23625 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23627 ;;;***
23629 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23630 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23631 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16211 27037))
23632 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23634 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23635 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23636 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23638 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23639 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23640 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23641 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23643 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23644 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23645 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23646 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23648 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23649 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23650 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23651 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23652 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23653 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23654 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23655 files which are not really tramp files.
23657 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23658 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23659 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23660 updated after changing this variable.
23662 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23664 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23666 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23667 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23668 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23669 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23671 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23672 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23673 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23674 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23676 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23677 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23678 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23680 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23681 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23682 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23683 updated after changing this variable.
23685 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23687 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23689 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23690 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
23691 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23693 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23695 (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t)
23697 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23698 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23699 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23701 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23703 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
23705 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23707 ;;;***
23709 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23710 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16211 27044))
23711 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23712 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23713 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23714 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23716 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23717 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23718 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23719 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23720 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23721 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23722 first and the associated buffer to its right.
23724 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23726 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23727 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23728 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23729 accepting the proposed default buffer.
23731 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23733 \(fn)" t nil)
23735 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23736 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23737 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23738 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23739 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23740 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23741 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23743 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23744 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23746 First column's text sSs Second column's text
23747 \\___/\\
23748 / \\
23749 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23751 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23753 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23755 ;;;***
23757 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23758 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23759 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23760 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16211 27021))
23761 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23763 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23764 Toggle typing break mode.
23765 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23767 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23769 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23771 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23772 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23774 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23776 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23777 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23779 When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between
23780 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23781 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23783 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23784 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23786 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23788 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23789 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23790 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23792 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23793 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23794 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23795 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23796 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23797 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23799 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23800 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23801 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23802 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23804 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23805 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23807 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23808 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23810 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23812 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23813 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23814 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23816 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23817 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23818 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23819 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23820 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23821 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23822 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23824 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23825 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23827 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23828 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23829 reset the keystroke counter.
23831 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23832 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23833 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23834 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23836 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23837 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23838 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23839 `type-break-schedule' command.
23841 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23842 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23843 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23844 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23845 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23846 or not to continue.
23848 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23849 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23850 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23851 approximate good values for this.
23853 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23854 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23856 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23857 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
23858 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
23859 `type-break-warning-repeat'
23860 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
23861 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
23863 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
23864 a typing break occur. They include:
23866 `type-break-query-mode'
23867 `type-break-query-function'
23868 `type-break-query-interval'
23870 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
23872 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23874 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
23875 Take a typing break.
23877 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
23878 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
23880 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
23881 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
23883 \(fn)" t nil)
23885 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
23886 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
23887 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
23888 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
23890 \(fn)" t nil)
23892 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
23893 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
23895 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
23896 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
23897 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
23898 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
23899 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
23900 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
23901 average typing speed.)
23903 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
23904 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
23905 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
23906 the computed maximum threshold.
23908 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
23909 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
23910 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
23911 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
23912 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
23914 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
23916 ;;;***
23918 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
23919 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (16211 27044))
23920 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
23922 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
23923 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
23924 Works by overstriking underscores.
23925 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23926 which specify the range to operate on.
23928 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23930 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
23931 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
23932 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23933 which specify the range to operate on.
23935 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23937 ;;;***
23939 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
23940 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (16211 27036))
23941 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
23943 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23944 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
23945 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
23947 \(fn)" t nil)
23949 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23950 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
23951 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
23952 following the containing message.
23954 \(fn)" t nil)
23956 ;;;***
23958 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
23959 ;;;;;; (16211 27036))
23960 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
23962 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23963 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
23964 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
23965 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
23966 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
23967 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
23969 \(fn)" nil nil)
23971 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23972 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
23974 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
23976 ;;;***
23978 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16211
23979 ;;;;;; 27026))
23980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
23982 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
23983 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
23984 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
23985 of symbols with local bindings.
23987 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
23989 ;;;***
23991 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
23992 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (16211 27021))
23993 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
23995 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
23996 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
23997 This function has a choice of three things to do:
23998 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
23999 to refrain from editing the file
24000 return t (grab the lock on the file)
24001 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
24002 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
24003 in any way you like.
24005 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
24007 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
24008 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
24009 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
24010 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
24011 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
24013 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
24014 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
24016 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
24018 ;;;***
24020 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
24021 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (16211 27032))
24022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
24024 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
24025 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
24026 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
24027 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
24029 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24031 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
24032 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
24033 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
24035 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24037 ;;;***
24039 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
24040 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
24041 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
24042 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
24043 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
24044 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
24045 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16211 27021))
24046 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
24048 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
24049 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
24050 See `run-hooks'.")
24052 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
24054 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
24055 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
24056 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
24058 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
24060 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
24061 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
24062 See `run-hooks'.")
24064 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
24066 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
24067 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
24069 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
24071 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
24072 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
24073 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
24074 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
24075 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
24076 somebody else, signal error.
24078 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24080 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
24081 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
24082 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
24083 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
24084 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
24086 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24088 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
24089 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
24090 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
24091 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
24092 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
24093 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
24094 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
24095 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
24096 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
24097 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
24098 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
24100 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
24102 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
24103 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
24105 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
24106 it will operate on the file in the current line.
24108 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
24109 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
24110 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
24111 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
24112 lock steals will raise an error.
24114 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
24116 For RCS and SCCS files:
24117 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24118 control.
24119 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
24120 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
24121 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
24122 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
24123 it performs a revert.
24124 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
24125 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
24126 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
24127 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
24128 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
24129 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
24130 the option to steal the lock.
24132 For CVS files:
24133 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24134 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
24135 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
24136 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
24137 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
24138 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
24139 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
24140 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
24141 merge in the changes into your working copy.
24143 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
24145 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
24146 Register the current file into a version control system.
24147 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
24148 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
24150 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
24151 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
24152 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
24153 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
24154 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
24155 first backend that could register the file is used.
24157 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
24159 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
24160 Display diffs between file versions.
24161 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
24162 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
24163 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
24164 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
24165 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
24166 saving the buffer.
24168 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
24170 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
24171 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
24172 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
24173 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
24175 \(fn REV)" t nil)
24177 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
24178 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
24179 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
24180 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
24182 \(fn)" t nil)
24184 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
24185 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
24186 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
24187 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
24188 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
24189 from the current branch.
24191 See Info node `Merging'.
24193 \(fn)" t nil)
24195 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
24197 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
24198 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
24200 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
24202 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
24203 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
24205 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
24207 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
24208 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
24209 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
24210 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
24211 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
24212 are checked out in that new branch.
24214 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
24216 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
24217 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
24218 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
24219 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
24220 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
24221 allowed and simply skipped).
24223 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
24225 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
24226 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
24228 \(fn)" t nil)
24230 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
24231 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
24232 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
24233 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
24234 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
24236 \(fn)" t nil)
24238 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
24239 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
24240 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
24241 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
24242 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
24243 the current branch are merged into the working file.
24245 \(fn)" t nil)
24247 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
24248 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
24249 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
24251 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
24253 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
24254 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
24255 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
24256 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
24257 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
24258 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
24259 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
24261 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
24263 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
24264 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
24265 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
24266 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
24267 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
24268 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
24269 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
24270 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
24271 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
24273 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
24275 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
24276 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
24278 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
24280 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
24281 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
24282 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
24283 directory.
24285 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
24287 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
24288 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
24289 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
24291 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
24292 log entries should be gathered.
24294 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
24296 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
24297 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
24299 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
24300 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
24301 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
24302 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
24303 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
24304 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24306 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
24307 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
24308 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
24309 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
24310 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
24311 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
24312 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
24313 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24315 Customization variables:
24317 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
24318 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
24319 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
24320 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
24322 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
24324 ;;;***
24326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16250 54573))
24327 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
24328 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
24329 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24330 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24331 (load "vc-cvs")
24332 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
24334 ;;;***
24336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16211 27021))
24337 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
24338 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
24339 (let ((dir file))
24340 (while (and (stringp dir)
24341 (not (equal
24342 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
24343 dir)
24344 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
24345 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
24346 t (directory-file-name dir))))
24347 (if (eq dir t)
24348 (progn
24349 (load "vc-mcvs")
24350 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
24352 ;;;***
24354 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
24355 ;;;;;; (16211 27021))
24356 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
24358 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
24359 *Where to look for RCS master files.
24360 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24362 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
24363 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
24365 ;;;***
24367 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
24368 ;;;;;; (16211 27021))
24369 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
24371 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
24372 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
24373 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24375 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
24376 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
24378 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
24379 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
24380 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
24381 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
24383 ;;;***
24385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16211 27021))
24386 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
24387 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
24388 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24389 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24390 (load "vc-svn")
24391 (vc-svn-registered f)))
24393 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
24395 ;;;***
24397 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
24398 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
24399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
24401 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
24402 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
24404 Usage:
24405 ------
24407 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
24408 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
24409 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
24410 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
24411 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
24412 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
24413 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
24414 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
24415 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
24417 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
24418 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
24419 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
24420 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
24422 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
24423 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
24424 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
24425 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
24426 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
24428 Template styles can be customized in customization group
24429 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
24432 HEADER INSERTION:
24433 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
24434 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
24435 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
24438 STUTTERING:
24439 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
24440 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
24441 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
24442 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
24444 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
24445 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
24446 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
24447 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
24448 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
24451 WORD COMPLETION:
24452 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
24453 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
24454 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
24455 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
24457 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
24458 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
24459 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
24460 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
24461 beginning with \"std\").
24463 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24464 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24465 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24466 stop.
24469 COMMENTS:
24470 `--' puts a single comment.
24471 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24472 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24473 with a comment in between.
24474 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24475 out following lines.
24476 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24477 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24479 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24480 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24481 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24482 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24483 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24484 non-nil.
24486 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24487 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24488 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24489 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24490 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24491 multi-line comments.
24494 INDENTATION:
24495 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24496 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24497 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24498 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24500 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24501 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24502 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24503 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24505 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24506 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24507 and vice versa.
24509 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24510 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24513 ALIGNMENT:
24514 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24515 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24516 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24517 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24518 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24519 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24520 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24521 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24523 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24524 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24525 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24526 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24527 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24528 is non-nil.
24530 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24531 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24532 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24534 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24535 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24538 | CODE FILLING:
24539 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24540 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24541 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24542 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24543 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24544 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24547 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24548 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24549 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24550 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24551 command:
24553 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24556 PORT TRANSLATION:
24557 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24558 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24559 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24560 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24561 internal signal initializations (menu).
24563 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24564 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24565 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24567 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24568 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24569 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24570 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24571 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24572 | in subsequent paste operations.)
24574 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24575 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24576 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24579 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24580 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24581 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24582 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24583 | association list with formals).
24586 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24587 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24588 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24589 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24590 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24591 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24592 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24593 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24594 `vhdl-testbench'.
24597 KEY BINDINGS:
24598 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24601 VHDL MENU:
24602 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24605 FILE BROWSER:
24606 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24607 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24608 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24610 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24611 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24614 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24615 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24616 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24617 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24619 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24620 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24621 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24623 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24624 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24625 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24626 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24628 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24629 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24630 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24631 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24632 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24634 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24635 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24636 required by secondary units.
24639 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24640 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24641 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24642 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24643 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24644 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24645 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24646 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24647 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24648 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24649 | inputs to this component -> input port created
24650 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24651 | outputs from this component -> output port created
24652 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24653 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24655 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24656 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24657 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24658 | component instantiation is also supported (option
24659 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24661 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24662 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24663 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24664 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24665 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24667 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24668 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24670 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24673 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24674 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24675 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24676 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24677 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24678 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24679 information. New compilers can be added.
24681 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24682 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24685 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24686 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24687 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24688 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24689 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24691 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24692 command:
24694 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24695 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24696 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24698 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24699 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24700 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24701 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24702 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24703 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24704 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24706 Limitations:
24707 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24708 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24709 not (yet) supported.
24710 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24711 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24712 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24715 PROJECTS:
24716 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24717 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24718 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24719 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24720 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24721 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24722 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24723 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24725 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24726 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24727 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24728 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24729 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24730 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24731 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24732 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24733 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24734 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24735 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24738 SPECIAL MENUES:
24739 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24740 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24741 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24742 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24743 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24744 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24745 current directory for VHDL source files.
24748 VHDL STANDARDS:
24749 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24750 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24753 KEYWORD CASE:
24754 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24755 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24756 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24757 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24758 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24759 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24760 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24761 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24764 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24765 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24766 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24767 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24768 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24769 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24770 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24772 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24773 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24774 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24775 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24776 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24777 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24779 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24780 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24781 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24782 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24783 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24784 visually.
24786 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24787 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24788 highlighted if written in lower case.
24790 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24791 highlighted using a different background color if option
24792 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24794 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24795 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24796 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24797 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24798 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24801 USER MODELS:
24802 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24803 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24804 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24807 HIDE/SHOW:
24808 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24809 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24810 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24811 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24812 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24815 CODE UPDATING:
24816 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24817 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24818 Limitations:
24819 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24820 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24821 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24822 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24823 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24824 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24825 (used to obtain the port names).
24828 CODE FIXING:
24829 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24830 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24833 PRINTING:
24834 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24835 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24836 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24837 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24838 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
24839 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
24840 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
24841 printers.
24844 OPTIONS:
24845 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
24846 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
24847 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
24848 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
24849 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
24851 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
24852 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
24853 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
24854 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
24855 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
24856 INSTALL file).
24858 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
24859 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
24862 FILE EXTENSIONS:
24863 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
24864 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
24865 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
24867 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
24870 HINTS:
24871 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
24872 a VHDL file first, use the command:
24874 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
24876 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
24878 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
24881 RELEASE NOTES:
24882 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
24885 Maintenance:
24886 ------------
24888 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
24889 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
24891 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
24893 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
24894 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
24895 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
24896 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
24898 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
24899 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
24900 where the latest version can be found.
24903 Known problems:
24904 ---------------
24906 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
24907 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
24908 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
24911 The VHDL Mode Authors
24912 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
24914 Key bindings:
24915 -------------
24917 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
24919 \(fn)" t nil)
24921 ;;;***
24923 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (16211 27026))
24924 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
24926 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
24927 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
24928 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
24929 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
24931 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
24932 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
24933 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
24934 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
24935 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
24937 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
24938 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
24940 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
24942 * Limitations and unsupported features
24943 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
24944 not supported.
24945 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
24946 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
24948 * Modifications
24949 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
24950 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
24951 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
24952 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
24953 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
24954 for undoing a repeated change command.
24955 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
24956 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
24957 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
24959 * Extensions
24960 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
24961 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
24962 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
24963 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
24964 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
24965 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
24966 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
24967 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
24969 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
24971 \(fn)" t nil)
24973 ;;;***
24975 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
24976 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
24977 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
24978 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16211 27033))
24979 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
24981 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
24982 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
24984 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
24986 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24987 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
24988 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24989 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24991 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24993 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24994 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
24996 \(fn)" t nil)
24998 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24999 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
25000 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
25001 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
25003 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25005 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
25006 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
25008 \(fn)" t nil)
25010 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
25011 Not documented
25013 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25015 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
25016 Not documented
25018 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25020 ;;;***
25022 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
25023 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
25024 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16211
25025 ;;;;;; 27021))
25026 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
25028 (defvar view-mode nil "\
25029 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
25030 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
25031 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
25033 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
25035 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
25036 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
25037 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25038 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25039 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25040 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25041 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25043 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25045 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
25047 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
25048 View FILE in View mode in another window.
25049 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
25050 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25051 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25052 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25053 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25054 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25056 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25058 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
25060 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
25061 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
25062 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
25063 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25064 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25065 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25066 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25067 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25069 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25071 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
25073 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
25074 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
25075 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25076 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25077 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25078 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25079 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25081 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25083 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25084 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25085 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25087 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25089 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
25090 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
25091 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25092 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25093 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25094 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25095 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25096 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25098 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25100 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25101 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25102 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25104 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25106 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
25107 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
25108 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25109 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25110 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25111 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25112 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25113 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25115 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25117 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25118 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25119 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25121 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25123 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
25124 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
25125 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25127 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
25128 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
25129 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
25130 read-only.
25131 \\<view-mode-map>
25132 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
25133 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
25134 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
25135 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
25136 commands default to a repeat count of one.
25138 H, h, ? This message.
25139 Digits provide prefix arguments.
25140 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
25141 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
25142 > move to the end of buffer.
25143 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
25144 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
25145 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
25146 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
25147 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
25148 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25149 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25150 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25151 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
25152 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25153 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
25154 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
25155 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25156 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
25157 Use this to view a changing file.
25158 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
25159 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
25160 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
25161 . set the mark.
25162 x exchanges point and mark.
25163 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
25164 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
25165 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
25166 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
25167 ' go to position saved in character register.
25168 s do forward incremental search.
25169 r do reverse incremental search.
25170 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
25171 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
25172 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
25173 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
25174 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
25175 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
25176 p searches backward for last regular expression.
25177 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
25178 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
25179 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
25180 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
25181 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
25182 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
25183 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
25184 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
25185 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
25186 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
25188 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
25189 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
25190 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
25191 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
25192 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
25193 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
25194 will return to that buffer.
25196 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25200 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
25201 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
25202 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
25203 `view-return-to-alist'.
25204 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
25205 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
25206 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
25208 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
25209 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
25210 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
25211 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
25212 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
25213 1) nil Do nothing.
25214 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
25215 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
25216 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
25217 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25219 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25221 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25223 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
25225 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
25226 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
25228 \(fn)" t nil)
25230 ;;;***
25232 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16211
25233 ;;;;;; 27026))
25234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
25236 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
25237 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
25239 \(fn)" nil nil)
25241 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
25242 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
25244 \(fn)" t nil)
25246 ;;;***
25248 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
25249 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
25250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
25252 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
25253 Toggle Viper on/off.
25254 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
25256 \(fn)" t nil)
25258 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
25259 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
25261 \(fn)" t nil)
25263 ;;;***
25265 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
25266 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
25267 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
25269 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
25270 Function to generate warning prefixes.
25271 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
25272 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
25273 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
25274 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
25275 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
25276 the beginning of the warning.")
25278 (defvar warning-series nil "\
25279 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
25280 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
25281 which is the start of the current series; it means that
25282 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
25283 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
25284 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
25285 also call that function before the next warning.")
25287 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
25288 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
25290 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
25291 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
25292 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
25293 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
25295 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
25296 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
25297 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
25298 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25299 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
25300 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
25302 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25303 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25304 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25305 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
25306 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
25307 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
25308 :debug -- info for debugging only.
25310 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
25311 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
25313 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
25315 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
25316 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
25318 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
25320 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
25321 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25322 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25323 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
25325 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
25326 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25327 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
25328 can be whatever you like.)
25330 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25331 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25332 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25333 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
25334 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
25336 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25338 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
25339 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25340 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25341 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
25342 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
25344 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25346 ;;;***
25348 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (16211 27037))
25349 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25351 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
25352 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
25354 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
25355 hotlist.
25357 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
25358 <nwv@acm.org>.
25360 \(fn)" t nil)
25362 ;;;***
25364 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
25365 ;;;;;; (16249 31942))
25366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
25367 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
25368 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
25370 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
25372 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
25373 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
25374 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25375 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25376 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
25378 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
25380 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
25381 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
25382 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
25383 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
25385 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25386 and off otherwise.
25388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25390 ;;;***
25392 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
25393 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
25394 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
25395 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
25396 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
25397 ;;;;;; (16248 29803))
25398 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
25400 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
25401 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
25403 \(fn)" t nil)
25405 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
25406 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
25408 \(fn)" t nil)
25410 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
25411 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
25413 \(fn)" t nil)
25415 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
25416 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
25418 \(fn)" t nil)
25420 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
25421 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
25423 \(fn)" t nil)
25425 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
25426 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
25427 These are:
25428 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
25429 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
25430 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
25431 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
25432 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
25434 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
25435 and:
25436 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
25437 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
25439 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25441 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
25442 Check the region for whitespace errors.
25444 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25446 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
25447 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
25449 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
25450 whitespace problems.
25452 \(fn)" t nil)
25454 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
25455 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
25457 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25459 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
25460 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
25461 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25463 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25465 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25467 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25468 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25469 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
25471 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25472 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25476 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25477 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25478 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25480 \(fn)" t nil)
25482 ;;;***
25484 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25485 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (16211 27022))
25486 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25488 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25489 Browse the widget under point.
25491 \(fn POS)" t nil)
25493 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25494 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25496 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25498 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25499 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25501 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25503 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25504 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25505 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25509 ;;;***
25511 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25512 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16284
25513 ;;;;;; 32617))
25514 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25516 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25517 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25519 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25521 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25522 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25523 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25525 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25527 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25528 Create widget of TYPE.
25529 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25531 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25533 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25534 Delete WIDGET.
25536 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25538 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25539 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25541 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25543 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25544 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25545 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25547 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25548 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25550 \(fn)" nil nil)
25552 ;;;***
25554 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25555 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16211
25556 ;;;;;; 27022))
25557 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25559 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25560 Select the window to the left of the current one.
25561 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25562 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25563 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25564 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25565 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25569 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25570 Select the window above the current one.
25571 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25572 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25573 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25574 negative ARG) of the current window.
25575 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25579 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25580 Select the window to the right of the current one.
25581 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25582 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25583 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25584 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25585 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25589 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25590 Select the window below the current one.
25591 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25592 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25593 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25594 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25595 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25599 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25600 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25601 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25602 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25604 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25606 ;;;***
25608 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25609 ;;;;;; (16211 27022))
25610 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25612 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
25613 Toggle winner-mode.
25614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25615 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25617 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25619 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25620 Toggle Winner mode.
25621 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25625 ;;;***
25627 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25628 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16239 4622))
25629 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25631 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25632 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25633 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25634 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25635 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25636 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25637 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25638 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25640 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25641 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25643 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25645 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25646 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25648 \(fn)" t nil)
25650 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25651 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25652 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25653 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25654 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25655 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25656 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25657 `woman' command for further details.
25659 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25661 ;;;***
25663 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25664 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
25665 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25667 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25668 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25670 BUGS:
25671 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25672 are not implemented
25673 - Options for search and replace
25674 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25675 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25677 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25678 Emacs-like.
25680 The key bindings are:
25682 C-a backward-word
25683 C-b fill-paragraph
25684 C-c scroll-up-line
25685 C-d forward-char
25686 C-e previous-line
25687 C-f forward-word
25688 C-g delete-char
25689 C-h backward-char
25690 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25691 C-j help-for-help
25692 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25693 C-l ws-repeat-search
25694 C-n open-line
25695 C-p quoted-insert
25696 C-r scroll-down-line
25697 C-s backward-char
25698 C-t kill-word
25699 C-u keyboard-quit
25700 C-v overwrite-mode
25701 C-w scroll-down
25702 C-x next-line
25703 C-y kill-complete-line
25704 C-z scroll-up
25706 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25707 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25708 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25709 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25710 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25711 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25712 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25713 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25714 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25715 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25716 C-k b ws-begin-block
25717 C-k c ws-copy-block
25718 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25719 C-k f find-file
25720 C-k h ws-show-markers
25721 C-k i ws-indent-block
25722 C-k k ws-end-block
25723 C-k p ws-print-block
25724 C-k q kill-emacs
25725 C-k r insert-file
25726 C-k s save-some-buffers
25727 C-k t ws-mark-word
25728 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25729 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25730 C-k v ws-move-block
25731 C-k w ws-write-block
25732 C-k x kill-emacs
25733 C-k y ws-delete-block
25735 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25736 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25737 C-o j justify-current-line
25738 C-o k kill-buffer
25739 C-o l list-buffers
25740 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25741 C-o r set-fill-column
25742 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25743 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25744 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25745 C-o wo other-window
25746 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25748 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25749 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25750 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25751 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25752 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25753 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25754 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25755 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25756 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25757 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25758 C-q a ws-query-replace
25759 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25760 C-q c end-of-buffer
25761 C-q d end-of-line
25762 C-q f ws-search
25763 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25764 C-q l ws-undo
25765 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25766 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25767 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25768 C-q w ws-last-error
25769 C-q y ws-kill-eol
25770 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25772 \(fn)" t nil)
25774 ;;;***
25776 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
25777 ;;;;;; (16301 42974))
25778 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
25780 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
25781 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
25782 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
25783 Returns the top node with all its children.
25784 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
25785 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25787 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25789 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
25790 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
25791 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
25792 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
25793 is not well-formed XML.
25794 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
25795 and returned as the first element of the list.
25796 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25798 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25800 ;;;***
25802 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16211
25803 ;;;;;; 27022))
25804 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25806 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25807 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25808 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25810 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25812 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25814 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25815 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25816 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25818 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25822 ;;;***
25824 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25825 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (16211 27038))
25826 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25828 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25829 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25831 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25833 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25834 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25836 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25838 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
25839 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
25840 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
25842 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25844 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
25845 Zippy goes to the analyst.
25847 \(fn)" t nil)
25849 ;;;***
25851 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (16211 27038))
25852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
25854 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
25855 Zone out, completely.
25857 \(fn)" t nil)
25859 ;;;***
25861 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25862 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (16211 27037))
25863 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25865 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
25866 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
25868 \(fn)" t nil)
25870 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
25871 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
25873 Zone-mode does two things:
25875 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
25876 when saving the file
25878 - fontification
25880 \(fn)" t nil)
25882 ;;;***
25884 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
25885 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
25886 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
25887 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
25888 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
25889 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
25890 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
25891 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
25892 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
25893 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
25894 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
25895 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
25896 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
25897 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
25898 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
25899 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
25900 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
25901 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
25902 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
25903 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
25904 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
25905 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
25906 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
25907 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
25908 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
25909 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
25910 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
25911 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
25912 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
25913 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
25914 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el"
25915 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
25916 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
25917 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
25918 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
25919 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
25920 ;;;;;; "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
25921 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
25922 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
25923 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
25924 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
25925 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
25926 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
25927 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
25928 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
25929 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
25930 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
25931 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
25932 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
25933 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
25934 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
25935 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
25936 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
25937 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
25938 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
25939 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
25940 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
25941 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
25942 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
25943 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
25944 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
25945 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
25946 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
25947 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
25948 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
25949 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
25950 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
25951 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
25952 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
25953 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
25954 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
25955 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
25956 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
25957 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
25958 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
25959 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
25960 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
25961 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
25962 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
25963 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
25964 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
25965 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
25966 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
25967 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el"
25968 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
25969 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el"
25970 ;;;;;; "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el"
25971 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
25972 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
25973 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
25974 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
25975 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
25976 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
25977 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
25978 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el"
25979 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
25980 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
25981 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
25982 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
25983 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
25984 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
25985 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
25986 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
25987 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
25988 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
25989 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
25990 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
25991 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
25992 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
25993 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
25994 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
25995 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
25996 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el"
25997 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
25998 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
25999 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
26000 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
26001 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el"
26002 ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
26003 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el"
26004 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el"
26005 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el"
26006 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el"
26007 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
26008 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
26009 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
26010 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
26011 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
26012 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
26013 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el"
26014 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
26015 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (16313 5919 739767))
26017 ;;;***
26019 ;;; Local Variables:
26020 ;;; version-control: never
26021 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
26022 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
26023 ;;; End:
26024 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here